Novel dipeptidyl peptidase iv inhibitors, process for their preparation and compositions containing them

ABSTRACT

The present invention relates to novel compounds useful as dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPP-IV) inhibitors of the formula:  
                 
 
wherein X, Y, a, R 1 , and R 2  are as defined herein.

This application claims is a continuation of International Patent Application No. PCT/IB2005/002204, filed Jul. 26, 2005, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/618,102, filed Oct. 12, 2004, Indian Patent Application No. 1096/MUM/2004, filed Oct. 12, 2004, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/635,266, filed Dec. 10, 2004 and Indian Patent Application No. 1332/MUM/2004, filed Dec. 14, 2004, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPP-IV) inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, methods of preparing them, and methods for treating a condition that is regulated or normalized via inhibition of DPP-IV (such as Type II diabetes).

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Diabetes generally refers to a disease process derived from multiple causative factors and characterized by elevated levels of plasma glucose or hyperglycemia in the fasting state or after administration of glucose during an oral glucose tolerance test. Persistent or uncontrolled hyperglycemia is associated with increased and premature morbidity and mortality. Often abnormal glucose homeostasis is associated both directly and indirectly with alterations of the lipid, lipoprotein and apolipoprotein metabolism and other metabolic and hemodynamic disease. Patients with Type 2 diabetes mellitus have an increased risk of macrovasuclar and microvascular complications, including coronary heart disease, stroke, peripheral vascular disease, hypertension, nephropathy, neuropathy, and retinopathy. Therefore, therapeutic control of glucose homeostasis, lipid metabolism and hypertension are important in the clinical management and treatment of diabetes mellitus.

There are two generally recognized forms of diabetes, Type I and II. In Type I diabetes (also known as insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM)) patients produce little or no insulin, the hormone which regulates glucose utilization. In Type II diabetes (also known as non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM)) patients often have plasma insulin levels that are the same or even elevated compared to nondiabetic subjects; however, these patients have developed a resistance to the insulin stimulating effect on glucose and lipid metabolism in the main insulin-sensitive tissues, which are muscle, liver and adipose tissues, and the plasma insulin levels, while elevated, are insufficient to overcome the pronounced insulin resistance. Insulin resistance is not primarily due to a diminished number of insulin receptors but to a post-insulin receptor binding defect that is not yet understood. This resistance to insulin responsiveness results in insufficient insulin activation of glucose uptake, oxidation and storage in muscle and inadequate insulin repression of lipolysis in adipose tissue and of glucose production and secretion in the liver.

The available treatments for Type II diabetes, which have not changed substantially in many years, have recognized limitations. While physical exercise and reductions in dietary intake of calories will dramatically improve the diabetic condition, compliance with this treatment is very poor because of well-entrenched sedentary lifestyles and excess food consumption, especially of foods containing high amounts of saturated fat. Increasing the plasma level of insulin by administration of sulfonylureas (e.g. tolbutamide and glipizide) or meglitinide, which stimulate the pancreatic β-cells to secrete more insulin, and/or by injection of insulin when sulphonylureas or meglitinide become-ineffective, can result in insulin concentrations high enough to stimulate insulin-resistance tissues. However dangerously low levels of plasma glucose can result from administration of insulin or insulin secretagogues (sulfonylureas or meglitinide), and an increased level of insulin resistance due to the even higher plasma insulin levels can occur. Biguanides can increase insulin sensitivity resulting in some correction of hyperglycemia. However, two biguanides, phenformin and metformin, can induce lactic acidosis and nausea/diarrhea. Metformin has fewer side effects than phenformin and is often prescribed for the treatment of Type II diabetes.

Glitazones (i.e., 5-benzylthiazolidine-2,4-diones) are a more recently described class of compounds with potential for ameliorating many symptoms of Type II diabetes. These agents substantially increase insulin sensitivity in muscle, liver and adipose tissue in several animal models of Type II diabetes resulting in partial or complete correction of the elevated plasma levels of glucose without occurrence of hypoglycemia. The glitazones that are currently marketed are agonists of the peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR), primarily the PPAR-gamma subtype. PPAR-gamma agonism is generally believed to be responsible for the improved insulin sensitization that is observed with the glitazones. Newer PPAR agonists that are being tested for treatment of Type II diabetes are agonists of the alpha, gamma or delta subtype, or a combination of these, and in many cases are chemically different from glitazones (i.e., they are not thiazolidinediones). Serious side effects (e.g. liver toxicity) have occurred with some PPAR agonists, such as troglitazone.

Other treatments are under investigation, including treatment with alpha-glucosidase inhibitors (e.g., acrabose) and protein tyrosine phosphatase-1B (PTP-1B) inhibitors.

Compounds that are inhibitors of the dipeptidyl peptidase-IV (“DP-IV” or “DPP-IV”) enzyme are also under investigation as drugs that may be useful in the treatment of diabetes, and particularly Type II diabetes. See, for example, WO 97/40832, WO 98/19998, U.S. Pat. No. 5,939,560, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 6(10):1163-1166 (1996), and Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 6(22):2745-2748 (1996). The usefulness of DPP-IV inhibitors in the treatment of Type II diabetes is based on the fact that DPP-IV in vivo readily inactivates glucagon like peptide-1 (GLP-1) and gastric inhibitory peptide (GIP). GLP-1 and GIP are incretins and are produced when food is consumed. The incretins stimulate production of insulin. Inhibition of DPP-IV leads to decreased inactivation of the incretins, and this in turn results in increased effectiveness of the incretins in stimulating production of insulin by the pancreas. DPP-IV inhibition therefore results in an increased level of serum insulin. Advantageously, since the incretins are produced by the body only when food is consumed, DPP-IV inhibition is not expected to increase the level of insulin at inappropriate times, such as between meals, which can lead to excessively low blood sugar (hypoglycemia). Inhibition of DPP-WV is therefore expected to increase insulin without increasing the risk of hypoglycemia, which is a dangerous side effect associated with the use of insulin secretagogues. Improved DPP-IV inhibitors are needed for better treatment of diabetes.

Shown below are DPP-IV inhibitors which have reached advanced stages of human clinical trials:

Formulas A, B, and C are Novartis NVP-DPP-728, Probiodrug P32/98, and Novartis NVP-LAF-237, respectively. Other anti-diabetic agents are described in WO 2003/084940, JMC (2003) 46(13):2774-2789, WO 03/037327, EP 1354882 A1, U.S. Pat. No. 6,011,155, WO 00/34241, and U.S. Pat. No. 6,166,063.

Japanese Patent Application Publication No. JP 2004-26820, International Patent Publication No. W02002/0384541, and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2004/0072892 disclose cyanopyrrolidine derivatives having DPP-IV inhibition activity. According to US 2004/0072892, these compounds have the formula:

wherein:

-   -   R¹ is a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1         to 5 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;     -   R² is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an         alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having         1 to 5 carbon atoms, or R¹ and R² together form an oxo, a         hydroxyimino group, an alkoxyimino group having 1 to 5 carbon         atoms or an alkylidene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;

R³ and R⁴ are each a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon

-   -   atoms, or R³ and R⁴ together form an oxo, a hydroxyimino group,         an alkoxyimino group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkylidene         group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms;     -   X is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom;     -   Y is —C⁵R⁶— (wherein R⁵ and R⁶ are the same or different, and         are each a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an optionally         substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an         optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon         atoms), or —CR⁷R⁸—CR⁹R¹⁰— (wherein R⁷, R⁸, R⁹ and R¹⁰ are the         same or different, and each a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or         an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon         atoms, or R⁷ and R⁹ together with the carbon atom to which they         are attached form an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group         having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted         cycloalkenyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, an optionally         substituted bicycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, or         an optionally substituted bicycloalkenyl group having 5 to 10         carbon atoms) and     -   Z is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group         having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or Y and Z together with the         nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally         substituted cyclic amino group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a         pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2004/0121964 and 2004/0259843 disclose compounds of the formula:

where

-   -   X is CH₂, CHF, or CF₂,     -   R is alkylcarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, cyano, heterocyclecarbonyl,         R₄R₅NC(O)—, B(OR₆)₂, (1,2,3)-dioxoborolane or         4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-(1,2,3)-dioxoborolane,     -   R₁ is alkoxyalkyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,         allenyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cyano,         haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, heterocyclealkyl, or hydroxyalkyl,     -   R₂ and R₃ are independently hydrogen, alkoxyalkyl, alkyl,         alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl,         heterocycle, heterocyclealkyl, or hydoxyalkyl; or R₂ and R₃         taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a         particular mono or bicyclic heterocycle, and     -   R₄ and R₅ are independently hydrogen, alkyl, or arylalkyl.         According to the applications, these compounds inhibit DPP-IV         and are useful for the prevention or treatment of diabetes         (especially type II diabetes), hyperglycemia, Syndrome X,         hyperinsulinemia, obesity, atherosclerosis, and various         immunomodulatory diseases.

International Publication No. WO 2005/023762 discloses compounds of the formula

where A is a particular monocyclic or bicyclic aryl or heteroaryl group. According to the application, these compounds inhibit DPP-IV and are useful for the prevention or treatment of diabetes, hyperglycemia, syndrome X, hyperinsulinemia, obesity, satiety disorders, atherosclerosis, and various immunomodulatory diseases.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to novel compounds useful as dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPP-IV) inhibitors of the formula:

wherein:

-   -   Y is —S(O)_(m), —CH₂—, CHF, or —CF₂;     -   m is 0, 1, or 2;     -   X is a bond, C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., —CH₂—), or —C(═O)—;

the dotted line [ . . . ] in the carbocyclic ring represents an optional double bond;

-   -   R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or         unsubstituted cycloalkylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted         cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or         unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted         heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,         substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, substituted or         unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, CN, —COOR³, CONR³R⁴, —OR³,         —NR³R⁴, or NR³COR⁴;     -   R² is hydrogen, cyano, COOH, or an isostere of a carboxylic acid         (such as SO₃H, CONOH, B(OH)₂, PO₃R³R⁴, SO₂NR³R⁴, tetrazole,         —COOR³, —CONR^(3,R) ⁴ , —NR³COR⁴, or —COOCOR³); and     -   R³ and R⁴ may be the same or different and are independently         hydrogen, nitro, hydroxy, cyano, formyl, acetyl, halogen,         substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted         alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or         unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl,         substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or         unsubstituted cycloalkylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted         cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or         unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted         heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,         substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, substituted or         unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl or a substituted or unsubstituted         carboxylic acid derivative and analogs, prodrugs, tautomeric         forms, regioisomers, stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers,         polymorphs, solvates, N-oxides, and pharmaceutically acceptable         salts thereof.

According to one embodiment, —X—R¹ is not —(CH₂)_(d)R⁵—Z—R⁶, wherein

-   -   R⁵ and Z are independently —C(O)—, —NR⁷, —O—, or —S(O)_(m) —,     -   R⁶ is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or         unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl,         substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or         unsubstituted cycloalkylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted         cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or         unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted         heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,         substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted         or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl,     -   R⁷ is hydrogen, hydroxy, acetyl, substituted or unsubstituted         alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy,     -   m is 0, 1, or 2, and     -   30 d is 0, 1, or 2.     -   According to another embodiment, —X—R¹ is not

Preferred is where X is a bond.

Further preferred is where X is —CH₂—.

Further preferred is where X is —CH₂-CH₂—.

Further preferred is where X is —C(═O)—.

Further preferred is where Y is CH₂.

Further preferred is where Y is CHF.

Further preferred is where R¹ is chosen from cyano, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, —NR³COR⁴, or —NR³R⁴, wherein R³ and R⁴ may be the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl. For instance, R³ and R⁴ may be the same or different and independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, or substituted or unsubstituted amino.

Further preferred is when R¹ represents —NR³R⁴, wherein R³ and R⁴ may be the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen or the group

Further preferred is when R¹ represents —NR³COR⁴ wherein R³ and R⁴ may be the same or different and are independently selected from hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted amino selected from

Further preferred is where R¹ is chosen from

con td.

Further preferred is where R¹ is a cyano group.

Further preferred is where R¹ is a phenyl group.

Further preferred is where R¹ is a 2-methoxy-phenyl group.

Further preferred is where R¹ is a 3-cyano-indol-lyl group.

Further preferred is where R¹ is a 1,2,3,4 tetrahydro-isoquinolin-2-yl group.

Further preferred is where R¹ is a N-4 substituted piperazin-1-yl group.

Further preferred is where the N-4 substituent in the N-4 substituted piperazin-1-yl is methyl.

Further preferred is where the N-4 substituent in the N-4 substituted piperazin-1-yl is phenyl.

Further preferred is where the N-4 substituent in the N-4 substituted piperazin-1-yl is benzyl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is imidazol-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 1,2,4 triazol-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is morpholin-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 4-nitro-imidazol-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 4-cyano-piperidin-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 4-carboxamido-pyrolidin-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 3-thiazol-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 2-cyano-pyrolidin-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 1,1-Dioxo-isothiazolidin-2-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 2-Butyl-4-chloro-5-hydroxymethyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 2-Butyl-4-chloro-5-cyano-1H-imidazol-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 2H-Benzo[d] [1,2,3]triazol-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 2H-benzo[d] [1,2,3]triazol-2-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 2,5-dimethyl-1H-azol-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 2H-1,2,3,4-Tetraazol-2-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 5-(4-Fluorophenyl)-2H-1,2,3,4-tetrazol-2-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 4,5-dicyano-1H-imidazol-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 2-Cyano-1H-azol-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 1H-pyrazol-1-yl

Further preferred is where R¹ is 1,2,3triazol-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 1,2,3triazol-2-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 1H-indazol-1-yl.

Further preferred is where R¹ is 2H-indazol-2-yl

Further preferred is where R¹ is 2,3 dihydro-1H-indol-lyl

Further preferred is where R¹ is 2,3 dihydro-4H-isoindol-2-yl

Further preferred is where R¹ is —NR³R⁴.

Further preferred is where R¹ is —NR³COR⁴

Further preferred is where R³is hydrogen.

Further preferred is where R⁴is hydrogen.

Further preferred is where R⁴is aniline.

Further preferred is where R⁴is 2,4-difluro-aniline.

Further preferred is where R²is hydrogen.

Further preferred is where R² is a cyano (-CN) group.

Further preferred is where the dotted line [ - - - ] in the carbocyclic ring represents a bond

Further preferred is where the carbocyclic ring of formula (I) does not contain any double bonds.

The cyclopentane or cyclopentene ring in formula (I) bearing substituents at its 1 and 3 positions can fall into a cis or trans geometry. Because the carbon atoms at the 1 and 3 positions are chiral, there can be up to 2 pairs of enantiomers. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention may be prepared as a single diastereomer or a mixture of diastereomers (for example, a racemic mixture).

Such single diastereomers and mixtures of diastereomers are within the scope of this invention. The compounds of the present invention may also include one or more additional asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms. This can give rise to additional stereoisomers and in each case the invention is to be understood to extend to all such stereoisomers, including enantiomers and diastereomers and their mixtures, including racemic mixtures.

According to one preferred embodiment, the compound of the present invention has the formula (I-A):

where

-   -   Y is CH₂ or CHF, and     -   R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or         unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted         heterocyclic ring. Preferably, R¹ is a substituted or         unsubstituted nitrogen containing heterocyclic ring or a         substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen containing heteroaryl.         More preferably, R¹ is attached to the remainder of the compound         through a nitrogen atom in the heteroaryl or heterocyclic ring.         Non-limiting examples of suitable nitrogen containing         heterocyclic rings, nitrogen containing heteroaryl and         substituted or unsubstituted aryl groups include:         Preferably, R¹ is         According to one embodiment, Y is CH₂. According to another         embodiment, Y is CHF.

According to a more preferred embodiment, the compound has the formula (I-B):

where Y and R¹ are defined as in the preceding paragraph [72]

According to another more preferred embodiment, the compound has the formula (I-C):

where Y and R¹ are defined as in the preceding paragraph [72].

Representative compounds of the present invention are specified below. The present invention should not be construed to be limited to them.

-   (1 SR, 3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2oxoethylamino     cyclopentane-1-carboxamide -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,     1RS)-3-Cyanocyclopentylamino]acetyl}-2-pyrrolidinecarbonitrile     (2S)-1-{2[(3SR, 1 RS) 3Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}     2-pyrrolidine carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-2-pyrrolidinecarbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-2-pyrrolidinecarbonitrile     hydrochloride -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3R,1S)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-2-pyrrolidinecarbonitrile -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoro-2-pyrrolidinecarbonitrile -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3R,1S)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoro-2-pyrrolidinecarbonitrile -   3((1R,3R)-3-{2-[(2S,4S)-2-Cyano-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl)propanenitrile -   (2S)-1-((1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide -   (2S)-1-(2-{(3SR,1RS)-3-[2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl]cyclopentylamino]-acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   N1-Benzyloxy-(1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}-cyclopentane-1-carboxamide -   N1-Phenyl-N3-((1S,3R)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}-cyclopentylmethyl)urea -   N1-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-N3-((1S,3R)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethyl-amino}cyclopentylmethyl)urea -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(1R,3R)-3-Benzylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidin-2-yl     cyanide -   (2S,4S)-4-Fluoro-1-{2-[(1R,3R)-3-(2-methoxybenzylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3RS,1RS)-3-(3-Thiazolidineylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1,1-Dioxo-2-isothiazolidinylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-Morpholinomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(4-Methylpiperazinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(4-Cyanopiperidinylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(4-Benzylpiperazinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl     }pyrrolidin-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(4-Phenylpiperazinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(2,5-dimethyl-1H-1-pyrrolylmethyl)cyclopentylamino}acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(2,5-Dimethyl-1H-1-pyrrolylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]-acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   1-((1S,3R)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl     methyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(2-Cyano-1H-pyrrol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino)-acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(1H-Pyrazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1-Imidazolylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(1H-4-Nitro-1-imidazolylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(2-Butyl-4-chloro-5-hydroxymethyl-1H-1-imidazolylmethyl)-cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   2-n-Butyl-4-chloro-1-((1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethyl-amino}cyclopentylmethyl)-1H-5-imidazolecarbonitrile -   1-((1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methyl)-1H-4,5-imidazoledicarbonitrile -   1-((1S,3R)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methyl)-1H-4,5-imidazoledicarbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,4R)-4-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)-2-cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidin-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile     hydrochloride -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile     maleate -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3R,1S)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile     hydrochloride -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile     methanesulfonate -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile     oxalate -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile     succinate -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile     2-oxoglutarate -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile     benzoate -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile     salicylate -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile     benzenesulfonate -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile     naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S,4S)4-Fluoro-1-{2-[(1R,3R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidin-2-carbonitrile -   (4S)-3-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-1,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile -   1-[(3S)-3-Fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-[(l     S,3S)-3-(1H-1,2,4-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]-1-ethanone -   (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(2H-1,2,3-Triazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(1H-1,2,3-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(2H-1,2,3-Triazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-[1H-1,2,3,4-Tetraazol-1-ylmethyl]cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-[1H-1,2,3,4-Tetraazol-1-ylmethyl]cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile     maleate -   (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(1H-1,2,3,4-Tetraazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl     }-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-(2-{(3S,1R)-3-[5-(4-Fluorophenyl)-2H-1,2,3,4-tetrazol-2-ylmethyl]cyclopentylamino}acetyl)pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(2,3-Dihydro-1H-1-indolylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   1-((1S,3R)-3-{2-[(2S,4S)-2-Cyano-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentylmethyl)-1H-3-indolecarbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(2,3-Dihydro-1H-2-isoindolylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S,4S)-4-Fluoro-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acety}pyrrolidin-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(2H-Indazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(1H-Indazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(2H-Benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(2H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile -   1-((1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentylcarboxamido)adamantine -   1-((1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-carboxamido)-2,5-difluorobenzene -   1-((1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-carboxamido)-2,4,5-trifluorobenzene -   1-((1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-carboxamido)-2-phenylbenzene

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the foregoing compounds.

Yet another embodiment is a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds of the present invention and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients (e.g., one or more carriers or diluents).

The present invention also includes a method of treating a condition that is regulated or normalized via inhibition of DPP-IV in a subject by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to one embodiment, the present invention provides a method for:

-   -   (a) treating a metabolic disorder, Type II diabetes, impaired         glucose tolerance (IGT), impaired fasting glucose (IFG), food         intake disorders, obesity, dyslipidemia, or functional dyspepsia         (such as irritable bowel syndrome),     -   (b) lowering blood glucose,     -   (c) preventing or treating hyperglycemia,     -   (d) delaying the progression of impaired glucose tolerance     -   (IGT) to Type II diabetes,     -   (e) delaying the progression of non-insulin requiring Type II         diabetes to insulin requiring Type II diabetes,     -   (f) increasing the number and/or the size of beta cells,     -   (g) preventing or treating beta cell degeneration, such as         apoptosis of beta cells, or     -   (h) regulating appetite or inducing satiety.         The method includes administering to the subject a         therapeutically effective amount of the compound or the         pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

Another embodiment is a method of treatment and/or prophylaxis of diabetes (such as non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM)), impaired glucose homeostasis, impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), infertility, polycystic ovary syndrome, growth disorders, frailty, arthritis, allograft rejection in transplantation, autoimmune diseases, AIDS, allergic disorders, intestinal diseases, inflammatory bowel disease (including inflammatory bowel syndrome and chronic inflammatory bowel disease (such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis)), obesity, anorexia nervosa, osteoporosis, hyperglycemia, syndrome X, diabetic complications, hyperinsulinemia, atherosclerosis (or a related disease), immunomodulatory diseases, or metabolic syndrome in a subject by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

Yet another embodiment is a method for treating insulin resistant non-impaired glucose tolerance in order to prevent or delay the onset of non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) in a subject by administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

Yet another embodiment is a method of preparing a compound of formula (I) above by coupling a compound of the formula

(where R¹ and X are as defined above with respect to formula (I)) with a compound of the formula

(where L² is a leaving group and R² and Y are as defined above with respect to formula (I)) to form a compound of formula (I):

Preferably, the coupling reaction is performed in an inert solvent and in the presence of a base. The coupling reaction is preferably performed at a temperature ranging from about −15° C. to about 110° C. The coupling reaction is preferably performed for about 1 hour to about 7 days.

The compound of formula (3) can be prepared by deprotecting a compound of the formula

(where PG is a protecting group). The protected compound can be prepared by coupling a compound of the formula R¹—H with a compound of the formula (1)

(wherein L¹ is a leaving group). Preferably, this coupling reaction is performed in an inert solvent and in the presence of a base. This coupling reaction is preferably performed at a temperature ranging from about −15° C. to about 110° C. The coupling reaction is preferably performed for about 2 hours to about 7 days. Suitable inert solvents for the coupling reactions include, but are not limited to, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, and mixtures thereof. Suitable leaving groups L¹ and L² include, but are not limited to, bromine, chlorine, iodine, O-toluene sulphonyls and O-methyl sulphonyls.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Definitions

The term “aryl” refers to an aromatic radical having in the range of 6 up to 14 carbon atoms such as phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronapthyl, indanyl, biphenyl and the like.

The term “arylalkyl” refers to an aryl group as defined above directly bonded to an alkyl group, e.g., —CH₂C₆H₅, —C₂H₅C₆H₅ and the like.

The term “heterocyclic ring” refers to a stable 3- to 15 membered ring radical which consists of carbon atoms and from one to five heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, phosphorus, oxygen and sulfur. For purposes of this invention, the heterocyclic ring radical may be a monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring system, which may include fused, bridged or spiro ring systems, and the nitrogen, phosphorus, carbon, oxygen or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclic ring radical may be optionally oxidized to various oxidation states. In addition, the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized; and the ring radical may be partially or fully saturated (i.e., heteroaromatic or heteroaryl . Examples of such heterocyclic ring radicals include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, acridinyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxanyl, benzofurnyl, carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dioxolanyl, indolizinyl, naphthyridinyl, perhydroazepinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pyridyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazoyl, imidazolyl, tetrahydroisouinolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, azepinyl, pyrrolyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolinyl, oxasolidinyl, triazolyl, indanyl, isoxazolyl, isoxasolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolyl, thiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, quinuclidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, benzimidazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzooxazolyl, furyl, tetrahydrofurtyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl sulfoxide thiamorpholinyl sulfone, dioxaphospholanyl , oxadiazolyl , chromanyl, isochromanyl and the like. The heterocyclic ring radical may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in the creation of a stable structure.

The term “heteroaryl” refers to an aromatic heterocyclic ring radical. The heteroaryl ring radical may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in the creation of a stable structure.

The term “heteroarylalkyl” refers to a heteroaryl ring radical as defined above directly bonded to an alkyl group. The heteroarylalkyl radical may be attached to the main structure at any carbon atom from the alkyl group that results in the creation of a stable structure.

The term “heterocyclyl” refers to a heterocyclic ring radical as defined above. The heterocyclyl ring radical may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in the creation of a stable structure.

The term “heterocyclylalkyl” refers to a heterocyclic ring radical directly bonded to an alkyl group. The heterocyclylalkyl radical may be attached to the main structure at any carbon atom in the alkyl group that results in the creation of a stable structure.

The term “alkyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical (of carbon and hydrogen atoms only), containing no unsaturation, having from one to eight carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl (isopropyl), n-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl (t-butyl), and the like.

The term “alkenyl” refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a carbon-carbon double bond and which may be a straight or branched or branched chain having 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, e.g., ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl (allyl), iso-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl and the like.

The term “alkynyl” refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbyl radical having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and having in the range of 2 up to about 12 carbon atoms (with radicals having in the range of 2 up to about 10 carbon atoms being preferred), e.g., ethynyl, propynyl, butnyl and the like.

The term “alkoxy” denotes an alkyl group attached via an oxygen linkage to the rest of the molecule. Representative examples of those groups are —OCH₃, —OC₂H₅ and the like.

The term “cycloalkyl” denotes a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system of 3 to about 12 carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples of monocyclic cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. Non-limiting examples of multicyclic cycloalkyl groups include perhydronapththyl, adamantyl and norbornyl groups bridged cyclic group or sprirobicyclic groups, e.g., sprio (4,4) non-2-yl.

The term “cycloalkylalkyl” refers to a cyclic ring-containing radical having 3 up to about 8 carbon atoms directly attached to an alkyl group which is then attached to the main structure at any carbon from the alkyl group that results in the creation of a stable structure, such as cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, and the like.

The term “cycloalkenyl” refers to a cyclic ring-containing radical having 3 up to about 8 carbon atoms with at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl and the like.

Unless otherwise specified, the term “substituted” as used herein refers to substitution with any one or any combination of the following substituents: hydroxy, halogen, carboxyl, cyano, nitro, oxo (═O), thio (═S), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl ring, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted guanidine, —COOR^(X), —C(O)R^(X), —C(S)R^(X), —C(O)NR^(X)R^(Y), —C(O)ONR^(X)R^(Y), —NR^(X)CONR^(Y)R^(Z), —N(R^(X))SOR^(Y), —N(R^(X))SO₂R^(Y), —(═N—N(R^(X))R^(Y)), —NR^(X)C(O)OR^(Y), —NR^(X)R^(Y), —NR^(X)C(O)R^(Y, —NR) ^(X)C(S)R^(Y), —NR^(X)C(S)NR^(Y)R^(Z), —SONR^(X)R^(Y), —SO₂NR^(X)R^(Y), —OR^(X), —OR^(X)C(O)NR^(Y)R^(Z), OR^(X)C(O)OR^(Y), —OC(O)R^(X), —OC(O)NR^(X)R^(Y), —R^(X)NR^(Y)C(O)R^(Z), —R^(X)OR^(Y), —R^(X)C(O)OR^(Y), —R^(X)C(O)NR^(Y)R^(Z), —R^(X)C(O)R^(Y), —R^(X)OC(O)R^(Y), —SR^(X), —SOR^(X), —SO₂RX, and —ONO₂, wherein R^(X), R^(Y) and R^(Z) are independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl ring, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. According to one embodiment, the substituents in the aforementioned “substituted” groups cannot be further substituted. For example, when the substituent on “substituted alkyl” is “substituted aryl”, the substituent on “substituted aryl” cannot be “substituted alkenyl”.

The term “protecting group” or “PG” refers to a substituent that blocks or protects a particular functionality while permitting other functional groups on the compound to react. For example, an “amino-protecting group” is a substituent attached to an amino group that blocks or protects the amino functionality in the compound. Suitable amino-protecting groups include, but are not limited to, acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and 9-fluorenylmethylenoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). Similarly, a “hydroxy-protecting group” refers to a substituent of a hydroxy group that blocks or protects the hydroxy functionality. Suitable hydroxy-protecting groups, but are not limited to, include acetyl and silyl. A “carboxy-protecting group” refers to a substituent of the carboxy group that blocks or protects the carboxy functionality. Suitable carboxy-protecting groups include, but are not limited to, —CH₂CH₂SO₂Ph, cyanoethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl, 2-(p-toluenesulfonyl)ethyl, 2-(p-nitrophenylsulfenyl)ethyl, 2-(diphenylphosphino)-ethyl, nitroethyl and the like. For a general description of protecting groups and their use, see T. W. Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991.

“Treating” or “treatment” of a state, disorder or condition includes:

(1) preventing or delaying the appearance of one or more clinical symptoms of the state, disorder or condition developing in a subject that may be afflicted with or predisposed to the state, disorder or condition but does not yet experience or display clinical or subclinical symptoms of the state, disorder or condition;

(2) inhibiting the state, disorder or condition, i.e., arresting or reducing the development of the disease or at least one clinical or subclinical symptom thereof; or

(3) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the state, disorder or condition or at least one of their clinical or subclinical symptoms.

The benefit to a subject to be treated is either statistically significant or at least perceptible to the subject or to the physician.

The term “subject” includes mammals (especially humans) and other animals, such as domestic animals (e.g., household pets including cats and dogs) and non-domestic animals (such as wildlife).

A “therapeutically effective amount” means the amount of a compound that, when administered to a subject for treating a state, disorder or condition, is sufficient to effect such treatment. The “therapeutically effective amount” will vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity and the age, weight, physical condition and responsiveness of the subject to be treated.

Pharmaceutically acceptable salts forming part of this invention include salts derived from inorganic bases (such as Li, Na, K, Ca, Mg, Fe, Cu, Zn, and Mn), salts of organic bases (such as N,N′-diacetylethylenediamine, glucamine, triethylamine, choline, hydroxide, dicyclohexylamine, metformin, benzylamine, trialkylamine, and thiamine), salts of chiral bases (such as alkylphenylamine, glycinol, and phenyl glycinol), salts of natural amino acids (such as glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, norleucine, tyrosine, cystine, cysteine, methionine, proline, hydroxy proline, histidine, ornithine, lysine, arginine, and serine), salts of non-natural amino acids (such as D-isomers or substituted amino acids), salts of guanidine, salts of substituted guanidine (wherein the substituents are selected from nitro, amino, alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl), ammonium salts, substituted ammonium salts, and aluminum salts. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid addition salts (where appropriate) such as sulphates, nitrates, phosphates, perchlorates, borates, hydrohalides, acetates (such as trifluroacetate), tartrates, maleates, citrates, fumarates, succinates, palmoates, methanesulphonates, benzoates, salicylates, benzenesulfonates, ascorbates, glycerophosphates, and ketoglutarates. Yet other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, quaternary ammonium salts of the compounds of the invention with alkyl halides or alkyl sulphates (such as Mel or (Me)₂SO₄). Preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the present invention include, but are not limited to, hydrochloride, maleate, methanesulfonate, oxalate, succinate, 2-oxoglutarate, benzoate, salicylate, benzenesulfonate, and naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid.

Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates include hydrates and other solvents of crystallization (such as alcohols). The compounds of the present invention may form solvates with standard low molecular weight solvents using methods known in the art.

Pharmaceutical Compositions

The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention comprises at least one compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (such as a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent). For example, the compound of the present invention may be associated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (such as a carrier or a diluent) or be diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container.

Examples of suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, water, salt solutions, alcohols, polyethylene glycols, polyhydroxyethoxylated castor oil, peanut oil, olive oil, gelatin, lactose, terra alba, sucrose, dextrin, magnesium carbonate, sugar, cyclodextrin, amylose, magnesium stearate, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, stearic acid or lower alkyl ethers of cellulose, silicic acid, fatty acids, fatty acid amines, fatty acid monoglycerides and diglycerides, pentaerythritol fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene, hydroxymethylcellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone.

The carrier or diluent may include a sustained release material, such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate, alone or mixed with a wax.

The pharmaceutical composition may also include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary agents, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, suspending agents, preserving agents, salts for influencing oxmetic pressure, buffers, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, colorants, or any combination of the foregoing. The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained, or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the subject by employing procedures known in the art.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be prepared by conventional techniques, e.g., as described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20^(th) Ed., 2003 (Lippincott Williams & Wilkins). For example, the active compound can be mixed with a carrier, or diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier, which may be in the form of a ampoule, capsule, sachet, paper, or other container. When the carrier serves as a diluent, it may be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material that acts as a vehicle, excipient, or medium for the active compound. The active compound can be adsorbed on a granular solid container, for example, in a sachet.

The pharmaceutical compositions may be in conventional forms, for example capsules, tablets, aerosols, solutions, suspensions or products for topical applications.

The route of administration may be any route which effectively transports the active compound of the invention which inhibits the enzymatic activity of DPP-IV to the appropriate or desired site of action. Suitable routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral, nasal, pulmonary, buccal, subdermal, intradermal, transdermal, parenteral, rectal, depot, subcutaneous, intravenous, intraurethral, intramuscular, intranasal, ophthalmic (such as with an ophthalmic solution) or topical (such as with a topical ointment). The oral route is preferred.

Solid oral formulations include, but are not limited to, tablets, capsules (soft or hard gelatin), dragees (containing the active ingredient in powder or pellet form), troches and lozenges. Tablets, dragees, or capsules having talc and/or a carbohydrate carrier or binder or the like are particularly suitable for oral application. Preferable carriers for tablets, dragees, or capsules include lactose, cornstarch, and/or potato starch. A syrup or elixir can be used in cases where a sweetened vehicle can be employed.

A typical tablet that may be prepared by conventional tabletting techniques may contain: (1) Core: Active compound (as free compound or salt thereof), 250 mg colloidal silicon dioxide (Aerosil®), 1.5 mg microcrystalline cellulose (Avicel®), 70 mg modified cellulose gum (Ac-Di-Sol®), and 7.5 mg magnesium stearate; (2) Coating: HPMC, approx. 9 mg Mywacett 9-40 T, and approx. 0.9 mg acylated monoglyceride (used as plasticizer for film coating).

Liquid formulations include, but are not limited to, syrups, emulsions, soft gelatin and sterile injectable liquids, such as aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspensions or solutions.

For parenteral application, particularly suitable are injectable solutions or suspensions, preferably aqueous solutions with the active compound dissolved in polyhydroxylated castor oil.

Methods of Treatment

The present invention also includes a method of treating a condition that is regulated or normalized via inhibition of DPP-IV in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to one embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating a metabolic disorder in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to another embodiment, the present invention provides a method for lowering blood glucose in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating Type II diabetes in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating impaired glucose tolerance (IGT) in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating impaired fasting glucose (IFG) in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of preventing or treating hyperglycemia in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of delaying the progression of impaired glucose tolerance (IGT) to Type II diabetes in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of delaying the progression of non-insulin requiring Type II diabetes to insulin requiring Type II diabetes in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of increasing the number and/or the size of beta cells in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of preventing or treating beta cell degeneration, such as apoptosis of beta cells, in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating food intake disorders in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating obesity in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of regulating appetite or inducing satiety in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating dyslipidemia in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating functional dyspepsia, such as irritable bowel syndrome, in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

According to yet another embodiment, the present invention provides a method for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a disease selected from diabetes, non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, impaired glucose tolerance, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, obesity, and metabolic syndrome in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.

The compounds of the present invention may be administered to a mammal, especially a human in need of such treatment, prevention, elimination, alleviation or amelioration of the various diseases as mentioned above, e.g., Type II diabetes, IGT, IFG, obesity, appetite regulation or as a blood glucose lowering agent.

The compounds of the invention are effective over a wide dosage range. For example, in the treatment of adult humans, dosages from about 0.05 to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 to about 500 mg, per day may be used. A most preferable dosage is about 0.5 mg to about 250 mg per day. In choosing a regimen for patients it may frequently be necessary to begin with a higher dosage and when the condition is under control to reduce the dosage. The exact dosage will depend upon the mode of administration, on the therapy desired, form in which administered, the subject to be treated and the body weight of the subject to be treated.

The compounds of the present invention can be dispensed in unit dosage form comprising from about 0.05 to about 1000 mg of active ingredient together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier per unit dosage.

Dosage forms suitable for oral, nasal, pulmonal or transdermal administration can comprise from about 0.05 mg to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.5 mg to about 250 mg, of the compound(s) admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.

The present invention also encompasses prodrugs of a compound of the invention, which on administration undergo chemical conversion by metabolic processes before becoming active pharmacological substances. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of a compound of the invention, which are readily convertible in vivo into a compound of the invention. Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in Design of Prodrugs, ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985.

The invention also encompasses active metabolites of a compound of the invention.

Methods of Preparing the Compounds of the Invention

The compounds of the present invention may be synthesized according to the general scheme shown below:

wherein L and L² are leaving groups (such as bromide, chlorine, iodine, O-toluene sulphonyls and O-methyl sulphonyls) and PG is a protecting group (such as —BOC or —Cbz).

The compounds of formula (I) can be prepared by methods known in the art. One such approach is shown in the general synthetic scheme above. An intermediate of formula (1) can be coupled with a mono-protected bifunctional intermediate of formula (2). The coupled product can then be deprotected to yield an intermediate of formula (3). Compounds of formula (I) can be obtained by coupling intermediates of formulas (3) and (4).

Preferably, each coupling reaction is performed in the presence of a base. Suitable bases include, but are not limited to, tertiary amines (e.g., triethylamine), carbonates (e.g., K₂CO₃), hydroxides, and mixtures thereof. The coupling reactions are typically performed in an inert solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, and mixtures thereof.

The coupling sequence of the fragments (1)-(4) can be altered and the compounds of general formula I can be obtained by other methods known in the art.

A compound of formula (I) having a particular stereochemistry for the cyclopentane or cyclopentene ring can be prepared from an optically active 1-aminocyclopentane or 1-aminocyclopentene of formula (2). The optically active compound of formula (2) may be obtained by resolution, asymmetric synthesis, or other method known in the art.

The compounds of the present invention can be isolated and/or purified, such as by methods known in the art. For example, the compounds can be isolated and/or purified by distilling off the solvent in vacuum and recrystallizing the residue obtained from a suitable solvent or subjecting it to a purification method, such as column chromatography on a suitable support material.

Salts can be obtained by dissolving the free compound in a suitable solvent, e.g., in a chlorinated hydrocarbon (e.g., methylene chloride, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, carbontetrachloride, and the like ) or a low molecular weight aliphatic alcohol (e.g., ethanol or isopropanol), which contains the desired acid or base, or to which the desired acid or base is then added. The salts can then be obtained by filtering, re-precipitating, precipitating with a non-solvent for the addition salt or by evaporating the solvent. Salts obtained can be converted to the free base by basification or by acidification into the free compounds which, in turn can be converted into other salts.

The compounds can be prepared in pure or substantially pure form by methods known in the art, such as crystallization using solvents such as pentane, diethyl ether, isopropyl ether, chloroform, dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, acetone, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, water or their combinations, or column chromatography using alumina or silica gel and eluting the column with solvents such as hexane, petroleum ether (pet. ether), chloroform, ethyl acetate, acetone, methanol or their combinations.

Polymorphs of a compound of formula (I) forming part of this invention may be prepared by crystallization of the compound under various conditions (e.g., by varying temperature of crystallization and/or the rate of cooling) and with various solvents. For example, polymorphs may be obtained by heating or melting the compound followed by gradual or fast cooling. The presence of polymorphs may be determined by solid probe NMR spectroscopy, IR spectroscopy, differential scanning calorimetry, and powder X-ray diffraction.

The invention is described in detail in the examples given below which are provided by way of illustration only and therefore should not be construed to limit the scope of the invention.

INTERMEDIATES Intermediate 1 cis-(±)4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid

-   Step 1: (±)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,1]hept-5-ene-3-one: A solution of     di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (144 g, 660.5 mmol) in THF (100 ml) was     added (20 min) to a stirred solution of     (±)-2-azabicyclo[2,2,1]hept-5-ene-3-one (60 g, 549.8 mmol),     triethylamine (83.5 g, 824.6 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (6.7     g, 54.8 mmol) in THF (500 ml) at room temperature. The reaction     mixture was stirred for another 4 h at room temperature. The solvent     was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted     with EtOAc (800 ml) and washed with water (3×500 ml) and brine (400     ml). The EtOAc extract was dried (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated under     reduced pressure to give 115 g of the compound as a white solid; IR     (KBr) 2979, 1755, 1705, 1455, 1331, 1305, 1149, 1117 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR     (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.50 (s, 9H), 2.13-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.37 (m,     1H), 3.38-3.40 (m, 1H), 4.94-4.96 (m, 1H), 6.64-6.66 (m, 1H),     6.88-6.90 (m, 1H). -   Step 2: cis-(±)-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid: To a     stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (30.0 g, 143.3 mmol) in THF     (100 ml) was added 1N sodium hydroxide (300 ml) and the mixture was     stirred at 40° C. for 20 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C.     and acidified to pH 3.5 with 1N hydrochloric acid. The mixture was     extracted with dichloromethane (3×200 ml) and the combined extracts     were washed with water (2×300 ml), brine (300 ml) and dried     (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give     31.5 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3408, 3222, 2982,     1724, 1681, 1504, 1392 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.45 (s, 9H),     1.87-2.03 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.60 (m, 1H), 3.49 (brs, 1H), 4.60 (brs,     1H), 4.49 (brs, 1H), 5.90 (brs, 2H), 9.01 (brs, 1H).

Intermediate 2 cis-(±)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-1-carboxylic acid

-   Method A:

To a solution of Intermediate 1 (15 g, 66.0 mmol) in methanol (100 ml) was added 5% Pd/C (1.0 g) and the mixture was maintained under hydrogen pressure (40 psi) for 2 h at room temperature. The catalyst was then filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 14.9 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3304, 3249, 3098, 2978, 1705, 1646, 1403, 1164 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.42 (s, 9 H), 1.53-2.20 (m, 5H), 2.11-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.73-3.01 (m, 1H), 4.05 (brs, 1H), 4.86 (brs, 1H).

-   Method B: -   Step 1: cis-(±)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,1]heptane-3-one: To a     solution of cis-(±)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,1]hept-5-ene-3-one (18.0     g, 86.02 mmol) obtained from Intermediate 1, Step 1, in EtOAc     (180 ml) was added 5% Pd/C (1.5 g) and the mixture was maintained     under hydrogen pressure (40 psi) for 2 h at room temperature. The     catalyst was then filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated     under reduced pressure to give 18.1 g (99.6%) of the compound as a     white solid; IR (KBr) 2982, 1754, 1708, 1349, 1316, 1217, 1155,     1096, 921 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.42 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1H),     1.52 (s, 9H), 1.73-1.96 (m, 5H), 2.86 (brs, 1H), 4.53 (brs, 1H). -   Step 2: cis-(±)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-1-carboxylic acid: To a     stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (9.0 g, 42.60 mmol) in THF     (45 ml) was added 1N sodium hydroxide (90 ml) and the mixture was     stirred at 50° C. for 24 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C.     and acidified to pH 3.5 with 1 N hydrochloric acid. The mixture was     extracted with dichloromethane (3×100 ml) and the combined extracts     were washed with water (2×100 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried     (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give     9.5 g (97%) of the product as a white solid. The product isolated     was identical in all respects with that obtained from Method A

Intermediate 3 cis-(±)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethanol

-   Method A: Sodium borohydride (1.43 g, 37.8 mmol) was added to a     stirred solution of (±)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,1]-heptane-3-one (8.0     g, 37.86 mmol) obtained from Step 1, Method B of Intermediate 2 in     10% aqueous THF (100 ml) at 0° C. A second lot of sodium borohydride     (1.43 g, 37.8 mmol) was added after 0.5 h at the same temperature     and the mixture was stirred at 0-10° C. for 4 h. The excess reagent     was quenched with 1N HCl and the reaction mixture was acidified to     pH 5.0. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×200 ml) and     the combined organic extracts were washed with water (3×200 ml)     brine (200 ml) and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was evaporated under     reduced pressure to give 6.9 g (85%) of the compound as a white     solid; IR (KBr) 3361, 2969, 1683, 1524, 1366, 1271, 1172, 1017 cm⁻¹;     ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.11-1.16 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.44     (s, 9H), 1.71-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.95 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.01 (m, 2H),     3.57 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (brs, 1H), 4.73 (brs, 1H). -   Method B: Ethyl chloroformate (4.73 g, 43.58 mmol) was added to a     stirred solution of Intermediate 2 (10 g, 43.66 mmol) and     triethylamine (4.42 g, 43.76 mmol) in dry THF (100 ml) at 0° C. over     5 min under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred     for another 30 min at the same temperature. It was then filtered to     remove the precipitated triethylamine hydrochloride. The filtrate     containing the mixed anhydride was slowly added to a stirred     suspension of NaBH₄ (4.95 g, 130.84 mmol) in 20% aqueous THF     (100 ml) maintained at 10° C. The mixture was stirred for another 30     min at the same temperature and then acidified with 1N HCl to pH 4.     The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×200 ml) and the organic     layer was washed with 2 N NaOH solution (2×250 ml), water (2×250 ml)     and brine (300 ml). The solvent was evaporated under reduced     pressure to give 7.01 (75%) of the alcohol as a white solid. IR and     ¹H NMR spectra of the product were identical in all respects with     the compound obtained from Method A.

Intermediate 4 cis-(±)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl methanesulfonate

Methanesulfonyl chloride (15.23 g, 0.13 mol) was added to a stirred and cooled (10° C.) solution of Intermediate 3 (26 g, 0.12 mol) and triethylamine (15 g, 0.148 mol) in dry dichloromethane (150 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 15 min and then diluted with water (150 ml). The organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (100 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water, brine and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 35.4 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3361, 2969, 2870, 1678, 1529, 1349, 1286, 1252, 1167, 1052, 973 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.11-1.20 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.75-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.98 (m, 1H), 2.01-2.94 (m, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 3.95 (brs, 1H), 4.15 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.53 (brs, 1H).

Intermediate 5 (4S,IR)-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-ene-1-methanol

-   Method A -   Step 1: (4S,1R)-(±)-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid:     This intermediate was prepared by the optical resolution of     Intermediate 1 using (s)-(−)-phenyl ethylamine in a mixture of     isopropanol and ethanol; [α]_(D)+48.0° (c=1.0, MeOH). -   Step 2: Ethyl chloroformate (2.86 g, 26.4 mmol) was added to a well     stirred solution of Intermediate 1 (5.0 g, 22.0 mmol) and     triethylamine (3.34 g, 33.0 mmol) in dry THF (50 ml) at 0° C. over 5     min under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred     for another 30 min at the same temperature. It was then filtered to     remove the precipitated triethylamine hydrochloride. The filtrate     containing the mixed anhydride was slowly added to a stirred     suspension of NaBH₄ (2.50 g, 66.0 mmol) in 20% aqueous THF (20 ml)     maintained at 10° C. The mixture was stirred for another 30 min at     the same temperature and then acidified with 1N HCl to pH 4. The     mixture was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layer was washed     with 2 N NaOH, brine and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was evaporated     under reduced pressure to give 4.0 g of the alcohol as a white     solid; IR (KBr) 3316, 1958, 1681, 1538, 1370, 1250, 1166, 1039, 997     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.34-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H),     2.44-2.51 (m, 1H), 2.83 (brs, 1H), 3.51-3.68 (m, 2H), 4.72 (brs,     1H), 4.88 (brs, 1H), 5.72-5.82 (m, 2H). -   Method B -   Step 1: (1S,4R)-(+)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,1]hept-5-ene-3-one: This     intermediate was synthesized from     (1S,4R)-(+)-2-Azabicyclo[2,2,1]hept-5-ene-3-one (10.0 g, 91.74 mmol)     and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (26 g, 119.26 mmol) using     triethylamine (13.92 g, 137.5 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (1.1     g, 9.17 mmol) in THF (50 ml) as described in Intermediate 1, Step 1     to give 19.3 g of the compound as a white solid; IR and ¹H NMR     spectra of the product were identical with that of the racemic     product from Intermediate 1, Step 1. -   Step 2: Sodium borohydride (2.71 g, 71.69 mmol) was added to a     stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (15.0 g, 71.69 mmol) in 10%     aqueous THF (50 ml) at 0° C. A second lot of sodium borohydride     (2.71 g, 71.69 mmol) was added after 0.5 h at the same temperature     and the mixture was stirred at 0-10° C. for 4 h. The excess reagent     was quenched with 1N HCl and the reaction mixture was acidified to     pH 5.0. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the     combined organic extracts were washed with water, brine and dried     (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give     13.30 g (87%) of the product as a white solid. IR and ¹H NMR spectra     of the product were identical in all respects with the compound     obtained from Method A.

Intermediate 6 (4S,1R)-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-ene-1-methyl methanesulfonate

Methanesulfonyl chloride (6.45 g, 56.27 mmol) was added to a stirred and cooled (10° C.) solution of Intermediate 5 (10.0 g, 46.89 mmol) and triethylamine (7.12 g, 70.33 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (50 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 15 min and then diluted with water. The organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organic extracts were washed with water, brine and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 12.9 g of the compound as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3352, 2984, 1678, 1515, 1343, 1239, 1168, 1060, 979 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.31-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 2.54-2.61 (m, 1H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 4.13 (dd, J=4.2, 1.5 Hz, 2H), 4.61 (brs, 1H), 4.72 (brs, 1H), 5.75-5.82 (m, 2H).

Intermediate 7 (1S,3R)-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-1-carboxylic acid

-   Method A: -   Step 1: (1R,4S)-(+)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,1]heptan-3-one: Step 1     intermediate, from Method B, Intermediate 5 (9.0 g, 43.26 mmol) was     hydrogenated using 5% Pd/C (1.0 g) as described in Method B,     Intermediate 2 to give 9.0 g of the product as a white solid; IR and     ¹H NMR spectra were identical with that of the racemic product. -   Step 2: (1S,3R)-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-1-carboxylic acid:     Hydrolytic cleavage of Step 1 intermediate (8.5 g, 40.26 mmol) as     described in Intermediate 2, Method B, Step 2 gave the desired     product as a white solid. IR and ¹H NMR spectra were identical with     that of the racemic intermediate; [α]_(D)+12.2° (c=1.0, MeOH). -   Method B: -   Step 1: (4S,IR)-(+)-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid:     This intermediate was prepared by the optical resolution of     Intermediate 1 using (S)-(−)-phenyl ethylamine in a mixture of     isopropanol and ethanol; [α]_(D)+48.0° (c=1.0, MeOH). -   Step 2: (1S,3R)-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-1-carboxylic acid: To     a solution of Step 1 intermediate, from Method A, Intermediate 5     (8.0 g, 35.2 mmol) in ethyl acetate (150 ml) was added 5% Pd/C     (1.0 g) and the mixture was maintained under hydrogen pressure (40     psi) for 3 h at room temperature to give 8.0 g of the product as a     white solid, which was identical in all respects with the product     obtained from Method A.

Intermediate 8 (1S,3R)-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethanol

-   Method A: This intermediate was prepared by the reductive cleavage     of (1R,4S)-(+)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,1]heptan-3-one (8.0 g, 37.86     mmol) (Step 1 intermediate, Method A, Intermediate 7) with sodium     borohydride (2.86 g, 75.6 mmol) in 10% aqueous THF (100 ml) as     described in Intermediate 3, Method A to give 6.95 g (85%) of the     product as a white solid; [α]_(D)+8.7° (c=1.0, MeOH). -   Method B: The mixed anhydride of     (1S,3R)-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-1-carboxylic acid (9.0 g, 39.3     mmol) prepared using ethyl chloroformate (4.69 g, 43.21 mmol) and     triethylamine (4.36 g, 43.08 mmol) in dry THF was treated with NaBH₄     (4.45 g, 117.6 mmol) in 20% aqueous THF as described in Intermediate     3, Method B to give 7.0 (83.3%) of the alcohol as a white solid,     which was identical in all respects with the product obtained from     Method A.

Intermediate 9 (1S,3R)-(+)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl methanesulfonate

Reaction of Intermediate 8 (6.5 g, 30.2 mmol) with methanesulfonyl chloride (3.8 g, 33.18 mmol) in the presence of triethylamine (3.97 g, 39.2 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (150 ml) as described in Intermediate 4 gave 8.5 g (96.5%) of the product as a white solid; IR and ¹H NMR spectra of the product were identical in all respects with the compound obtained from Intermediate 4; [α]_(D)+15.9° (c=1.0, MeOH).

Intermediate 10 (1S,3R)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethylamine

-   Step 1: (1S,3R)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl azide: Sodium azide     (3.1 g, 47.6 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Intermediate 9     (7.0 g, 23.8 mmol) in DMF (100 ml) and the mixture was stirred at     60° C. for 6 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was cooled     to room temperature and diluted with EtOAc (500 ml) and water (500     ml). The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with     water, brine and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was evaporated under     reduced pressure to give 5.7 g of the azide as an oil; IR (neat)     3338, 2965, 2870, 2096, 1696, 1515, 1453, 1365, 1251, 1171 cm⁻¹; ¹H     NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.06-1.13 (m, 1H), 1.37-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.44     (s, 9H), 1.75-1.86 (m, 1H), 1.94-2.05 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.29 (m, 2H),     3.28 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (brs, 111), 4.55 (brs, 1H). -   Step 2: (1S,3R)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethylamine: To a solution     of step 1 intermediate (6.0 g, 25.0 mmol) in methanol (150 ml) was     added 5% Pd/C (300 mg) and the mixture was maintained under hydrogen     pressure at 50 psi to give 5.35 of the amine as a semisolid, which     was used as such for the coupling reaction.

Intermediate 11 N1-Methoxy-N1-methyl-(1S,3R)-3-N-BOC-aminocyclopentane-1-carboxamide

-   Step 1: Ethyl chloroformate (3.08 g, 26.2 mmol) was added to a     stirred and cooled (−10° C.) solution of Intermediate 7 (5.0 g,     21.83 mmol) and triethylamine (5.51 g, 54.59 mmol) in dry THF     (15 ml) over 5 min under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture     was stirred for another 30 min at the same temperature and a     solution of N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.56 g, 26.64     mmol) in a mixture of 20 ml THF and 3 ml water was added over 5 min.     The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for     12 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the     residual aqueous solution was basified with 1N NaOH to pH 10 and     extracted with ethyl acetate (3×150) ml. The combined organic     extracts were washed with 1N HCl, brine and dried (Na₂SO₄). The     solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford 4.2 g of the     product as a white solid. IR (KBr) 3379, 2969, 1682, 1665, 1520,     1170, 618 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.71-1.79     (m, 2H), 1.81-1.98 (m, 3H), 2.05-2.11 (m, 1H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.27     (brs, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 4.10 (brs, 1H), 5.51 (brs, 1H).

Intermediate 12 (3S,1R)-(−)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-1-carboxylic acid

-   Method A: -   Step 1: (1R,4S)-(−)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,1]hept-5-ene-3-one: This     intermediate was prepared from     (1R,4S)-(−)-2-azabicyclo[2,2,1]hept-5-ene-3-one (10 g, 91.74 mmol)     and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (23.9 g, 109.6 mmol) in the presence     of triethylamine (13.90 g, 137.3 mmol) and DMAP (1.1 g, 9.00 mmol)     in THF (50 ml) as described in Intermediate 1, Step 1 to give 19.1 g     of the product as a white solid; IR and ¹H NMR spectra were     identical with that of the racemic intermediate. -   Step 2: (4S,1R)-(−)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,1]heptan-3-one: Step 1     intermediate (9.0 g, 43.01 mmol) was hydrogenated using Pd/C (1.0 g)     as described in Intermediate 2, Step 1 (Method B) to give 9.0 g of     the product as a white solid; IR and ¹H NMR spectra of the product     were identical with that of the racemic intermediate. -   Step 3: (3S,1R)-(−)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-1-carboxylic acid:     Hydrolytic cleavage of Step 2 intermediate (8.0 g, 37.8 mmol) as     described in Intermediate 2, Step 2 (Method B) gave 6.5 g of the     desired product as a white solid; IR and ¹H NMR spectra were     identical with that of the racemic intermediate. [α]_(D)−48.3°     (c=1.0, MeOH). -   Method B: -   Step 1: (1S,4R)-(−)-4-N-BOC-Aminocyclopent-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid:     This intermediate was prepared by the optical resolution of     Intermediate 1 using (R)-(+)-1-phenylethylamine in a mixture of     isopropanol and ethanol; [α]_(D)−48.0° (c=1.0, MeOH). -   Step 2: (3S,1R)-(−)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-1-carboxylic acid:     Step 1 intermediate (8.0 g, 35.2 mmol) in ethyl acetate (100 ml) was     reduced with 5% Pd/C (1.0 g) as described in Intermediate 2, Method     A to give 8.01 g of the product as a white solid, which was     identical in all respects with the product obtained from Method A.

Intermediate 13 (3S,1R)-(−)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethanol

-   Method A: Reductive cleavage of     (1R,4S)-(−)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,1]heptane-3-one (10 g, 47.33     mmol) using sodium borohydride (3.58 g, 94.6 mmol) in 10% aqueous     THF (100 ml) as described in Intermediate 3, Method A, gave 8.5 g of     the product as a white solid, which was identical in all respects to     its racemate; [α]_(D)−8.7° (c=1.0, MeOH). -   Method B:

Reduction of (3S,1R)-(−)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-1-carboxylic acid (8.5 g, 37.07 mmol) as described in the preparation of Intermediate 3, Method B gave 7.0 g of the alcohol as a white solid, which was identical in all respects with the product obtained from Method A.

Intermediate 14 (3S,1R)-(−)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl methanesulfonate

Reaction of Intermediate 13 (6.5 g, 30.2 mmol) with methanesulfonyl chloride (3.8 g, 33.18 mmol) in the presence of triethylamine (3.97 g, 39.2 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (100 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere as described in Intermediate 4 gave 8.5 g (96.5%) of the product as a white solid; [α]_(D)−15.5° (c=1.0, MeOH).

Intermediate 15 (3S,1R)-(−)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethylamine

-   Step 1: (3S,1R)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl azide: Reaction of     intermediate 14 (8.0 g, 27.3 mmol) with sodium azide (3.5 g, 54.4     mmol) in DMF (150 ml) as described in Intermediate 10, Step 1 gave     6.5 g (100%) of the azide as an oil; IR and ¹H NMR spectra of the     product were identical with that of the product from Intermediate     10, Step1. -   Step 2: (3S,1R)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethylamine: The azide (6.0     g, 25.0 mmol) from Step 1 in methanol (150 ml) was reduced with 5%     Pd/C (300 mg) as described in Intermediate 10, Step 2 to give 5.35 g     (100%) of the amine as a semisolid, which was used as such for the     coupling reaction.

Intermediate 16 (1R,3R)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl methanesulfonate

-   Step 1: (1S,3R)-Methyl 3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-1-carboxylate: This     intermediate was prepared by the hydrolytic cleavage of     (1S,4R)-(2-azabicyclo[2,2,1]heptane-3-one followed by esterification     and amino group protection as described in Tetrahedron Lett. 1997,     38, 5371-5374; IR (KBr) 3375, 2976,2875, 1713, 1519, 1366, 1249,     1201, 1171 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 300MHz) δ 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.58-1.79 (m,     2H), 1.87-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.95 (m, 1H), 3.69     (s, 3H), 4.08 (brs, 1H), 4.95 (brs, 1H). -   Step 2: (1R,3R)-Methyl-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-1-carboxylate: To a     solution of Step 1 intermediate (20 g, 82.20 mmol) in dry methanol     (200 ml) was added sodium methoxide (6.65 g, 123.30 mmol) and the     mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 6 h to result an equilibrium     mixture of cis- and trans esters. The more polar trans ester was     separated from the cis isomer by careful silica gel column     chromatography using 5% EtOAc in petroleum ether as eluent. -   Step 3: (1R,3R)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethanol: To a stirred and     cooled (0° C.) solution of Step 2 intermediate (8.0 g, 34.89 mmol)     in dry THF (100 ml) was added lithium borohydride (2.64 g, 69.8     mmol) in portions over a period of 30 min. The mixture was further     stirred at RT for 12 h. Excess lithium borohydride was quenched with     1N HCl at 0° C. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane     (2×100 ml) and the combined extracts were washed with water (200     ml), brine (100 ml) and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was evaporated     under reduced pressure to give 4.3 g of the product as a white     solid; IR (KBr) 3338, 2973, 1688, 1526, 1391, 1366, 1300, 1250,     1171, 1047 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.27-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.44     (s, 9H), 1.51-1.65 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.91 (m, 2H), 2.00-2.05 (m, 1H),     2.18-2.30 (m, 1H), 3.51 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (brs, 1H), 4.98     (brs, 1H). -   Step 4: (1R,3R)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl methanesulfonate:     Reaction of Step 3 intermediate (4.0 g, 18.57 mmol) with     methanesulfonyl chloride (2.34 g, 20.4 mmol) in the presence of     triethylamine (2.44 g, 24.1 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (80 ml) as     described in Intermediate 4 gave 5.2 g of the product as a white     solid; IR 25 (KBr) 3342, 1977, 1681, 1532, 1359, 1346, 1248, 1170,     1103, 976, 950 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.32-1.51 (m, 2H),     1.44 (s, 9H), 1.68-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.91-1.96 (m, 1H), 2.04-2.08 (m,     1H), 2.47 (quint, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 3.01 (s, 3H), 4.00 (brs, 1H), 4.10     (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.50 (brs, 1H).

Intermediate 17 (2S)-1-(2-Chloroacetyl)-2-pyrrolidinecarbonitrile

This intermediate was prepared from L-(−)-proline using a literature procedure (J. Med. Chem., 2003, 46, 2774-2789).

Intermediate 18 (2S,4S)-1-(2-Chloroacetyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1: (2S,4S)-N-BOC-4-Fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide: This     intermediate was prepared in 5 steps from L-(−)-4-hydroxyproline     using a literature procedure (WO 03/002553 A2) -   Step 2: (2S,4S)-N-BOC-4-Fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile: To a     stirred and cooled (0° C.) solution of Step 1 intermediate (10 g,     43.10 mmol) in dry THF (50 ml) was added triethylamine (13.93 g, 138     mmol) and trifluoroacetic anhydride (14.5 g, 69.05 mmol). The     resulting clear solution was stirred at the same temperature for     1 h. The reaction was quenched with water (100 ml) and extracted     with chloroform (2×100 ml). The combined organic extracts were     washed with water (2×100 ml), brine (50 ml) and dried (Na₂SO₄). The     solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 9.0 g (97.6%)     of the product as an off-white solid. IR (KBr) 2979, 2243, 1387,     1240, 1168, 1123, 1072, 960 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ     1.49-1.53 (d, rotomer, 9H), 2.25-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.64 (t,J=14.7 Hz,     1H), 3.52 (dd, J=9.6, 3.6 Hz, 0.5H, rotomer), 3.64 (dd, J=9.3, 3.3     Hz, 0.5H, rotomer), 3.73-3.94 (m, 1H), 4.64 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 0.6H,     rotomer), 4.76 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 0.4 H, rotomer), 5.31 (brd, J=51.3 Hz,     1H). -   Step 3: (2S,4S)-4-Fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile     p-methylbenzenesulfonate: 4-Methyl-benzenesulfonic acid monohydrate     (15.2 g, 79.91 mmol) was added to a solution of step 2 intermediate     (8.5 g, 39.72 mmol) in acetonitrile (170 ml) and the mixture was     stirred at room temperature for 48 h. The solvent was then     evaporated under reduced pressure to afford a brown residue which     was taken up in dry diethyl ether (200 ml) and stirred for 1 h. The     white crystalline product separated out was collected by filtration     and dried under vacuum to give 10.5 g (87%) of the product as a pale     pink solid. IR (KBr) 3304, 2927, 2249, 1393, 1167, 1123, 1034, 1010     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.37-2.65 (m, 2H),     3.76-3.87 (m, 2H), 5.10 (brs, 2H), 5.33 (brd, J=51.6 Hz, 1H), 7.19     (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.75 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H). -   Step 4:     (2S,4S)-1-(2-Chloroacetyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile: A     solution of step 3 intermediate (10 g, 32.89 mmol) and triethylamine     (4.32 g, 42.77 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 ml) was added drop wise     to a stirred and cooled (0° C.) solution of chloroacetyl chloride     (4.81 g, 32.95 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 ml) over a period of 10     min. The mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 2 h and     diluted with dichloromethane (100 ml) and water (100 ml) under     stirring. The layers were separated. The organic layer was washed     with water (2×50 ml), brine (50 ml) and dried (Na₂SO₄). The residue     obtained after evaporation of the solvent was triturated with     diethyl ether to give 5.89 g (94%) of the product as an off-white     solid, IR (KBr) 2924, 2241, 1678, 1407, 1281, 1225, 1076, 1051, 958     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 2.26-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.80 (m,     1H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 3.81-4.29 (m, 2H), 4.95 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 0.8H,     rotomer), 5.38 (brd, J=51.3 Hz, 0.2H, rotomer) 5.46 (d, J=9.0 Hz,     0.2H, rotomer), 5.46 (dt, J=44.4, 3.3 Hz, 0.8H, rotomer).

Intermediate 19 (4S)-3-(2-Chloroacetyl)-1,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile

-   Step 1: (4S)-1,3-Thiazolane-4-carboxylic acid: This intermediate was     prepared from L-cysteine hydrochloride using a literature procedure     (J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1937, 59, 200-206) -   Step 2: (4S)-N-BOC-1,3-Thiazolane-4-carboxylic acid: A solution of     di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (21.3 g, 0.977 mol) in acetonitrile     (20 ml) was added to a stirred solution of Step 1 intermediate (10.0     g, 0.075 mol) and triethylamine (18.98 g, 0.188 mol) in 50% aqueous     acetonitrile (100 ml) and the solution was stirred at room     temperature for 18 h. Acetonitrile was evaporated under reduced     pressure and the residual aqueous solution was acidified with 1N HCl     to pH 3-4. The solution was extracted with dichloromethane     (2×100 ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water     (2×100 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried (Na₂SO₄). The residue obtained     after evaporation of the solvent was triturated with n-pentane to     give 17.5 g of the product as a white solid. IR (KBr) 1746, 1634,     1417, 1367, 1309, 1216, 1119, 1142, 894 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300     MHz) δ 1.48 (s, 9H), 3.24-3.33 (m, 2H), 4.42-4.84 (m, 3H), 5.26     (brs, 1H). -   Step 3: (4S)-N-BOC-1,3-Thiazolane-4-carboxamide: To a stirred and     cooled (−15° C.) solution of Step 2 intermediate (10 g, 42.918 mmol)     and triethylamine (7.15 g, 70.79 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran     (100 ml) was added ethyl chloroformate (7.68 g, 70.79 mmol) under     nitrogen atmosphere to result a white precipitate. The mixture was     stirred at the same temperature for 30 min and 30% aqueous NH₄OH     (100 ml) solution was added drop-wise over a period of 20 min. The     reaction mixture was gradually allowed to warm to room temperature     and stirring was continued for another 18 h. The mixture was then     extracted into dichloromethane (2×100 ml) and the combined organic     extracts were washed with water (100 ml), brine (100 ml) and dried     (Na₂SO₄). The residue obtained after evaporation of the solvent was     triturated with n-pentane (50 ml) to give 7.1 g (71%) of the product     as a white solid. IR (KBr) 3406, 1666, 1405, 1365, 1163, 1109, cm⁻¹;     ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.49 (s, 9H), 3.20-3.51 (m, 2H), 4.51-4.54     (m, 2H), 5.61 (m, 1H), 6.50 (brs, 2H). -   Step 4: (4S)-N-BOC-1,3-Thiazolane-4-carbonitrile: To a stirred and     cooled (0° C.) solution of Step 3 intermediate (7.0 g, 30.04 mmol)     and triethylamine (9.2 g, 91.09 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (35 ml)     was added trifluoroacetic anhydride (9.46 g, 45.05 mmol) and the     mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 h. The reaction     mixture was diluted with water (50 ml) and extracted with chloroform     (2×50 ml).

The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2×100 ml), brine (50 ml) and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 5.98 g (92.6%) of the product as a white solid. IR (KBr) 2988, 2243, 1693, 1368, 1271, 1166, 1142, 1113, 970 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.51 (s, 9H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 4.46 (m, 1H), 4.57 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (m, 0.5H), 5.11 (m, 0.5H).

-   Step 5: (4S)-1,3-Thiazolane-4-carbonitrile p-methylbenzenesulfonate:     4-Methylbenzene-sulfonic acid monohydrate (7.73 g, 40.68 mmol) was     added to a stirred solution of Step 4 intermediate (5.8 g, 27.10     mmol) in dry acetonitrile (50 ml) and the mixture was stirred at     room temperature for 24 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The solvent was     evaporated under reduced pressure and the oily residue obtained was     triturated with dry diethyl ether (100 ml) to give 7.21 g (93%) of     the product as a white crystalline solid; IR (KBr) 2988, 2243, 1693,     1368, 1271, 1166, 1142, 1113, 970 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ     2.37 (s, 3H), 3.33 (dd, J=9.0, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (dd, J=12.3, 3.3     Hz, 1H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 5.27-5.30 (m, 1H), 6.15 (brs, 2H), 7.20 (d,     J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H). -   Step 6: (4S)-3-(2-Chloroacetyl)-1,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile: A     mixture of Step 5 intermediate (7.0 g, 23.03 mmol) and triethylamine     (3.02 g, 29.90 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (25 ml) was added drop     wise (10 min) to a stirred and cooled (0° C.) solution of     chloroacetyl chloride (2.58 g, 23.03 mmol) in dry dichloromethane     (25 ml) over 20 min. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for     2 h and diluted with water (100 ml). The organic layer was     separated, washed with water (2×50 ml), brine (50 ml) and dried     (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the     residue obtained was triturated with dry diethyl ether (30 ml) to     give 4.01 g (91%) of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 2953.     2246, 1667, 1393, 1284, 1262, 1182, 985 cm-⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300     MHz) δ 3.32 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 2H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 4.67 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),     4.73 (d, J=9.0 Hz, I1H), 5.27 (dd, J=3.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H).

Intermediate 20 2-Chloro-1-[(3S)-3-Fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-ethanone

-   Step 1: (3R)-N-BOC-3-Hydroxypyrrolidine: A solution of di-tert-butyl     dicarbonate (7.5 g, 34.40 mmol) in THF (50 ml) was added (10 min) to     a stirred solution of (R)-(+)-3-pyrrolidinol (2.5 g, 28.70 mmol) and     triethylamine (6.0 g, 57.40 mmol) in THF (60 ml) at room     temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 18 h at     room temperature. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure     and the residue was diluted with EtOAc (200 ml) and washed with     water (2×100 ml) and brine (100 ml). The EtOAc extract was dried     (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated under reduced pressure to give 4.0 g of the     product as a white solid; IR (neat) 3422, 2977, 1676, 1420, 1167     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.93-2.08 (m, 2H),     3.34-3.49 (m, 4H), 4.43-4.48 (m, 1H). -   Step 2: (3S)-N-BOC-3-Fluoropyrrolidine: To a well stirred and cooled     (−30° C.) solution of Step 1 intermediate (1.5 g, 8.01 mmol) in     dichloroethane (50 ml) was added diethylaminosulphur trifluoride     (1.94 mg, 12.01 mmol) under nitrogen and the reaction mixture was     maintained at this temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was     gradually allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring was     continued for another 14 h. The reaction mixture was poured onto a     mixture of ice and solid NaHCO₃ and stirred till no effervescence     was seen. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with     dichloromethane (3×100 ml). The combined organic extracts were     washed with water, brine and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was     evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue obtained was     purified by silica gel column chromatography (25% ethyl acetate in     petroleum ether) to give 840 mg of the desired compound as yellow     oil; IR (neat) 3500, 2978, 1698, 1407 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz)     δ 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.89-2.28 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.77 (m, 4H), 5.11-5.31 (m,     1H). -   Step 3: (35)-3-Fluoropyrrolidine 4-methylbenzenesulfonate:     4-Methylbenzenesulfonic acid monohydrate (752 mg, 3.95 mmol) was     added to a stirred solution of Step 2 intermediate (280 mg, 1.48     mmol) in dry acetonitrile (20 ml) and the mixture was stirred at     room temperature for 24 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The solvent was     evaporated under reduced pressure and the oily residue obtained was     triturated with dry diethyl ether (10 ml) to give 563 mg of the     product as a white crystalline solid, which was used as such for the     next step; IR (neat) 3443, 3019, 2783, 1626, 1434, 1215, 1034 cm⁻¹ -   Step 4: A mixture of Step 3 intermediate (563 mg, 1.48 mmol) and     triethylamine (196 mg, 1.93 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (20 ml) was     added drop wise (10 min) to a stirred and cooled (0° C.) solution of     chloroacetyl chloride (186 mg, 1.63 mmol) in dry dichloromethane     (5 ml) over 20 min. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2     h and diluted with water (50 ml). The organic layer was separated,     washed with water (2×50 ml), brine and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent     was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 124 mg of the desired     compound as an off white solid; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.35 (brs,     2H), 1.20-2.41 (m, 2H), 3.52-4.11 (m, 4H), 5.19-5.43 (m, 1H).

EXAMPLE 1 (1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentane-1-carboxamide

-   Step 1: (1SR,3RS)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane-1-carboxamide: Ethyl     chloroformate (1.06 g, 9.825 mmol) was added to a stirred solution     of Intermediate 2 (1.5 g, 6.550 mmol) and triethylamine (0.99 g,     9.825 mmol) in dry THF (15 ml) at 0° C. over 5 min under nitrogen     atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 another 30 min at     the same temperature and 25% aqueous ammonium hydroxide (15 ml) was     added over 5 min. The mixture was then stirred at RT for 18 h. The     mixture was diluted with water (50 ml), and extracted with ethyl     acetate (3×30 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with 1N     NaOH (50 ml), water (100 ml) and brine (50 ml). The organic extract     was dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated under vacuum to give 1.49 g of     the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3376, 3316, 1661, 1533, 1308     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.68-1.98 (m, 5H),     2.08-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.74 (m, 1H) 4.08 (brs, 1H), 5.45 (brs, 3H). -   Step 2: (1SR,3RS)-3-Aminocyclopentane-1-carboxamide     trifluoroacetate: Trifluoroacetic acid (3 ml) was added to a     solution of Step 1 intermediate (400 mg, 1.754 mmol) in dry     dichloromethane (3.0 ml) at 10° C. and the reaction mixture was     stirred at the same temperature for 30 min under a nitrogen     atmosphere. The mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure to     give the TFA salt of the amine which was used as such for the next     step. -   Step 3: A solution of Intermediate 17 (157 mg, 0.876 mmol) in THF     (10 ml) was added to a stirred suspension of Step 2 intermediate     (424 mg, 1.754 mmol), potassium carbonate (967 mg, 7.008 mmol) and     NaI (131 mg, 0.876 mmol) in THF (15 ml) at 10° C. over a period of     2 h. The mixture was further stirred at RT for 2 h under nitrogen     atmosphere. The mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced     pressure. The residue obtained was purified by silica gel column     chromatography using 2% methanol in chloroform to give 90 mg of the     product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3314, 3196, 2240, 1656, 1419 cm⁻¹;     ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.71-2.34 (m, 11H), 2.77 (brs, 1H),     3.25-3.64 (m, 5H), 4.74-4.78 (m, 1H), 5.24 (brs, 1H) 7.54 (brs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 2 (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-Cyanocyclopentylamino]acetyl}-2-pyrrolidinecarbonitrile

-   Step 1: (1SR,3RS)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentane(-1-carbonitrile:     Trifluoroacetic anhydride (1.18 g, 5.613 mmol) was added to a     solution of Step 1 intermediate of Example 1 (800 mg, 3.507 mmol)     and triethylamine (1.7 g, 16.84 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) at 10° C.     under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred for 1 h and     diluted with ice-cold water (40 ml). The product was extracted into     dichloromethane (100 ml), washed with water (100 ml), brine (50 ml)     and dried (Na2SO₄). Evaporation of the solvent under reduced     pressure gave 920 mg of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3361,     2982, 2239, 1680, 1628, 1165 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.44     (s, 9H), 1.59-1.81 (m, 3H), 2.00-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.49 (m, 1H),     2.79-2.85 (m, 1H), 4.03 (brs, 1H), 4.60 (brs, 1H). -   Step 2: (1SR,3RS)-3-Aminocyclopentane-1-carbonitrile     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (620 mg, 2.95     mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 660 mg of amine as its     TFA salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (660 mg, 2.946     mmol) with Intermediate 17 (254 mg, 1.437 mmol) using K₂CO₃ (1.62 g,     11.782 mmol) and NaI (221 mg, 1.473 mmol) in THF (10 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 225 mg of the product as a     semisolid; IR (neat) 3318, 2957, 2236, 1659, 1415, 911 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR     (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.62-1.99 (m, 3H), 2.02-2.34 (m, 8H), 2.73-2.83     (m, 1H), 3.18-3.26 (m, 1H) 3.37-3.61 (m, 4H), 4.76 (m, 1H).

Example 3 (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-2-pyrrolidine carbonitrile

-   Step 1: (1SR,3RS)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl cyanide: To a     solution of Intermediate 4 (1.5 g, 6.55 mmol) in DMF (15 ml) was     added NaCN (321 mg, 6.55 mmol) and the mixture was heated at 80° C.     for 18 h. The mixture was cooled and diluted with water (100 ml).     The mixture was extracted into ethyl acetate (3×30 ml), washed with     water (100 ml), brine (50 ml) and dried (Na₂SO₄). The residue     obtained after evaporation of the solvent was triturated with     petroleum ether to give 1.01 g (80%) of the product as an off-white     solid; IR (neat) 3368, 2973, 2247, 1691, 1521, 1365, 1249, 1171     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.11-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H),     1.46-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.86-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.41 (d,     J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (brs, 1H), 4.57 (brs, 1H). -   Step 2: (1SR,3RS)-3-Aminocyclopentylmethyl cyanide: To a solution of     Step 1 intermediate (480 mg, 2.142 mmol) in acetonitrile (25 ml) was     added p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (815 mg, 4.285 mmol) and     the mixture was stirred at RT for 6 h under nitrogen. The solvent     was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue obtained was     dissolved in water (50 ml). The pH of the residual aqueous solution     was adjusted to 9 using excess solid K₂CO₃. The solution was     extracted with dichloromethane (4×30 ml) and dried (Na₂SO₄). The     solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 265 mg (100%)     of the amine as a brown sticky mass which was used as such for the     next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of the amine from Step 2 Intermediate 17 (     180 mg, 1.043 mmol) using potassium carbonate (289 mg, 2.094 mmol)     and NaI (157 mg, 1.46 mmol) in THF (10 ml) as described in Example     1, Step 3 gave 140 mg of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3435,     2953, 2245, 1650, 1424, 1320, cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ     1.17-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.49-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.86-2.00 (m, 3H), 2.08-2.34     (m, 6H), 2.42 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.15-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.37 (s, 2H),     3.37-3.71 (m, 2H), 4.75 (m, 1H).

Example 4 (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-2-pyrrolidinecarbo-nitrile

-   Step 1: (1S,3R)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethyl cyanide: This     compound was prepared from Intermediate 9 (1.5 g, 6.55 mmol) and     NaCN (321 mg, 6.55 mmol) in DMF (15 ml) as described in Example 3,     Step 1 to give 1.0 g (80%) of the product as a white solid; IR     (neat) 3379, 2976, 2243, 1681, 1518, 1303, 1170 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃,     300 MHz) δ 1.11-1.22 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.48-1.59 (m, 2H),     1.90-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.43 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.98     (brs, 1H), 4.57 (brs, 1H). -   Step 2: (1S,3R)-3-Aminocyclopentylmethyl cyanide p-toluenesulfonate:     Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (800 mg, 3.571 mmol) using     PTSA.H₂O (1.36 g, 7.143 mmol) in acetonitrile (15 ml) as described     in Example 3, Step 2 gave 442 mg of the product as a semisolid,     which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (440 mg, 3.57 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (308 mg, 1.785 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (493 mg, 3.571 mmol) and NaI (268 mg, 1.785     mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 280 mg of the product     as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3318, 2957, 2236, 1659, 1415, 1315, cm⁻¹;     ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.62-1.99 (m, 3H), 2.02-2.34 (m, 8H),     2.73-2.83 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.62 (m, 4H), 4.75-4.83     (m, 1H).

EXAMPLE 5 (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-2-pyrrolidinecarbo-nitrile hydrochloride

To a well stirred and cooled (0° C.) solution of Step 3 intermediate, Example 4 (200 mg, 0.80 mmol) in EtOAc (3 ml) was added a saturated solution of dry HCl gas in EtOAc (3 ml). This solution was stirred at RT for 30 min to result a white precipitate. The product was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 228 mg of the product as a white solid; ¹H NMR (D₂O, 300 MHz) δ 1.12-1.59 ( m, 2H), 1.75-2.01 (m, 3H), 2.11-2.45 (m, 7H), 2.58-2.60 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.96-4.09 (m, 2H), 4.65-4.95 (m, 1H).

EXAMPLE 6 (2S)-1-{2-[(3R,1S)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-2-pyrrolidinecarbo nitrile

-   Step 1: N1-BOC-(3R,1S)-Aminocyclopentylmethyl cyanide: This     intermediate was synthesized from Intermediate 14 (1.5 g, 6.55 mmol)     and sodium cyanide (321 mg, 6.55 mmol) in DMF (15 ml) as described     in Example 3, Step 1 to give 1.0 g of the product as a white solid;     IR (KBr) 3379, 2979, 2243, 1681, 1518, 1366, 1303, 1169 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR     (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.12-1.22 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.47-1.57 (m,     2H), 1.86-2.09 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.43 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H),     3.98 (brs, 1H), 4.56 (brs, 1H). -   Step 2: (1S,3R)-3-Aminocyclopentylmethyl cyanide trifluoroacetate:     Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (600 mg, 2.64 mmol) using TFA     (3 ml) in dry dichloromethane (3 ml) as described in Example 1, Step     2 gave 637 mg (100%) of the amine as its TFA salt, which was used as     such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (637 mg, 2.64 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (231 mg, 1.33 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (1.47 g, 10.66 mmol) and NaI (200 mg, 1.33 mmol)     in THF (25 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 280 mg of the     product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3319, 2951, 2242, 1660, 1412,     1313, 1191 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.18-1.25 (m, 1H),     1.52-1.70 (m, 4H), 1.86-1.92 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.38 (m, 5H), 2.43 (d,     J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.16-3.20 (m, 1H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 3.40-3.71 (m, 2H),     4.71-4.79 (m, 1H).

EXAMPLE 7 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoro-2-pyrrol-idinecarbonitrile

Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate from Example 4 (260 mg, 1.78 mmol) with Intermediate 18 (153 mg, 0.89 mmol) in the presence of potassium carbonate (244 mg, 1.78 mmol) and NaI ( 133 mg, 0.89 mmol) gave 60 mg of the product as an off-white solid; IR (neat) 3336, 2966, 2945, 2246, 1654, 1404, 1317, 1077 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.17-1.26 (m, 1H), 1.48-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.31 (m, 3H), 2.35-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.74 (m, 1H), 3.14-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.38 (s, 2H), 3.61-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.73-4.06 (m, 2H), 4.95 (d, J =9.6 Hz, rotomer, 0.76H), 5.05 (d, J=9.3 Hz, rotomer, 0.24H), 5.35 (dt, J=43.8, 3.3 Hz, rotomer, 0.24H), 5.43 (dt, J=44.1, 6.9 Hz, rotomer, 0.76H).

EXAMPLE 8 (2S,4S)-1-{2-1[(3R,1S)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoro-2-pyrro-idinecarbonitrile

Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate, Example 6 (637 mg, 2.64 mmol) with Intermediate 18 (255 mg, 1.34 mmol) in the presence of potassium carbonate (1.47 g, 10.71 mmol) and NAI (200 mg, 1.34 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 300 mg of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3319, 2924, 2243, 1663, 1663, 1419 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.15-1.29 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.86-1.93 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.47 (m, 6H), 2.64-2.76 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.38 (d, J=3.9 Hz, rotomer, 1.6H), 3.32-3.97 (m, rotomer, 2.4H), 4.95 (d, J=9.0 Hz, rotomer, 0.8H), 5.02 (d, J=9.0 Hz, rotomer 0.2H), 5.34 (dt, J=4.1, 45.1 Hz, rotomer, 0.2H), 5.44 (dt, J=3.6, 44.4 Hz, rotomer, 0.8H).

EXAMPLE 9 3-((1R,3R)-3-{2-[(2S,4S)-2-Cyano-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}-cyclopentyl)propanenitrile

-   Step 1: 2-Diazo-1-[(1S,3R)-3-N-BOC-aminocyclopentyl]-1-ethanone:     Isobutyl chloroformate (1.21 g, 8.90 mmol) was added to a     well-stirred solution of Intermediate 7 (2.09 g, 8.72 mmol) and     triethylamine (890 mg, 8.72 mmol) in dry ether (15 ml) at (−20° C.     over 5 min under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was     stirred for another 30 min at the same temperature and then filtered     to remove the precipitated triethylamine hydrochloride. To the     filtrate containing the mixed anhydride was slowly added a solution     of diazomethane in diethyl ether until the yellow colour persisted     (ca. 20 ml). The reaction mixture was gradually allowed to warm to     room temperature and left overnight at this temperature. Excess     diazomethane was quenched with a few drops of glacial acetic acid     and then with 10 % citric acid solution. The organic layer was     separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2×100 ml).     The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated NaHCO₃     solution, brine and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was evaporated under     reduced pressure and the residue obtained was purified by silica gel     column chromatography (30% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to     afford 1.12 g of the desired compound as a pale yellow solid; IR     (KBr) 3355, 3079, 2136, 1685, 1614, 1530 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) 1.44     (s, 9H), 1.60-1.93 (m, 5H), 2.04-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.82 (brs, 1H), 4.06     (brs, 1H), 5.28 (brs, 1H). -   Step 2: 2-[(1S,3R)-3-N-BOC-aminocyclopentyl]acetic acid: To a well     stirred and cooled ((−25° C.) solution of Step 1 intermediate (1.0     g, 3.95 mmol) in 10% aqueous THF (20 ml) was added a solution of     silver benzoate (90 mg, 0.40 mmol) in triethylamine (1.19 g, 11.84     mmol) under nitrogen and with exclusion of light. The reaction     mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over a period of     3 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residual     aqueous solution was filtered. The filtrate was extracted with ethyl     acetate; the ethyl acetate layer was washed with saturated NaHCO₃     solution, saturated NH₄Cl solution, and brine and dried (Na₂SO4).     The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 670 mg of the     compound as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3373, 2974, 1686, 1530, 1182     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆) 0.95-1.02 (m, 1H), 1.20-1.30 (m, 1H), 1.37     (s, 9H), 1.66-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.98-2.25 (m, 4H), 3.71-3.76 (m, 1H),     6.85 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 12.01 (s, 1H). -   Step 3: 2-[(1S,3R)-3-N-BOC-aminocyclopentyl]-1-ethanol: This     compound was synthesized from Step 2 intermediate (1.0 g, 4.11 mmol)     using triethylamine (625 mg, 6.17 mmol), ethyl chloroformate (670     mg, 6.17 mmol) and NaBH₄ (467 mg, 12.34 mmol) as described in     Intermediate 3, Method B to give 845 mg of the desired compound as a     white solid; IR (neat) 3434, 2977, 2072, 1634, 771 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR     (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 0.89-1.02 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.42 (m, 3H), 1.44 (s,     9H), 1.49-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.98 (m, 2H),     2.00-2.28 (m, 1H), 3.63-3.63-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.92 (brs, 1H), 4.50     (brs, 1H). -   Step 4: 2-[(1S,3R)-3-N-BOC-aminocyclopentyl]ethyl methanesulfonate:     This compound was synthesized from Step 3 intermediate (845 mg, 3.68     mmol) using triethylamine (746 mg, 7.37 mmol) and methanesulfonyl     chloride (549 mg, 4.79 mmol) as described in Intermediate 4 to give     1.1 g of the desired compound as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3365, 2960,     2317, 1675, 1525, 1165 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 0.94-1.04 (m,     1H), 1.26-1.37 (m, 1H), 1.78-1.93 (m, 3H), 1.95-2.04 (m, 2H),     2.25-2.33 (m, 1H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 3.93 (brs, 1H), 4.23 (t, J=13.2 Hz,     2H), 4.47 (brs, 1H). -   Step 5: 2-[(1R,3R)-3-N-BOC-aminocyclopentyl]ethyl cyanide: This     intermediate was synthesised from Step 4 intermediate (1.12 g, 3.64     mmol), and sodium cyanide ( 360 mg, 7.34 mmol) in dry DMF (30 ml) as     described in Example 3, Step 1 to give 700 mg of the product as a     yellow solid; IR (KBr) 3371, 2975, 2247, 1709, 1525, 1449, 1366,     1250, 1173,1083, 1015, cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 0.94-1.02 (m,     1H), 1.22-1.39 (m, 4H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.65-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.83-2.05     (m, 3H), 2.25-2.37 (m, 3H), 3.93 (m, 1H), 4.48 (m, 1H). -   Step 6: 2-[(1R,3R)-3-Aminocyclopentyl]ethyl cyanide     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 5 intermediate (500 mg, 2.11     mmol) using a 50% solution of TFA in DCM (6 ml) as described in     Example 1, Step 2 gave 289 mg of the free base which was used as     such for the next step. -   Step 7: Coupling reaction of Step 6 intermediate (289 mg, 2.11 mmol)     and Intermediate 18 (200 mg, 1.04 mmol) using K₂CO₃ (290 mg, 2.11     mmol) and NaI (157 mg, 0.79 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) as described in     Example 1, Step 3 gave 90 mg of the product as a white solid; IR     (KBr) 3434, 3332, 2958, 2925, 2853, 2244, 1652, 1419, 1368, 1330,     1297, 1230, 1190, 1153, 1082, 1057 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ     0.94-1.04 (m, 1H), 1.20-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.76 (m, 3H), 1.82-2.05     (m, 3H), 2.11-2.29 (m, 1H), 2.35 (t, J=14.1 Hz, 2H), 2.64-2.75 (m,     1H), 3.11-3.13 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.50-4.02 (m, 3H), 4.95     (m, 1H), 5.27-5.53 (m, 1H).

EXAMPLE 10 (2S)-1-((1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

-   Step 1:     (2S)-1-[(1SR,3RS)-3-N-BOC-aminocyclopentylmethyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide:     To a solution of Intermediate 4 (2.0 g, 6.826 mmol) in IPA (50 ml)     was added L-prolinamide (2.7 g, 23.6 mmol) and the mixture was     refluxed for 48 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The solvent was     distilled off under vacuum and the residue obtained was taken up in     ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate solution was washed with water,     brine and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was evaporated under reduced     pressure to give 2.1 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr)     3371, 2968, 1685, 1634, 1522, 1365, 1175 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300     MHz) δ 0.94-1.01 (m, 1H), 1.30-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.74-2.32     (m, 9H), 2.45-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.95-3.02 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.20 (m, 1H),     3.93 (brs, 1H), 4.47 (brs, 1H), 5.31 (brs, 1H), 7.21 (brs, 1H). -   Step 2:     (2S)-1-[(1SR,3RS)-3-aminocyclopentylmethyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide:     Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (875 mg, 2.81 mmol) using     PTSA.H₂O (1.1 g, 5.78 mmol) in acetonitrile (20 ml) as described in     Example 3, Step 2 gave 600 mg of the amine, which was used as such     for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.84 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (245 mg, 1.42 mmol) in THF (20 ml) in the     presence of potassium carbonate (392 mg, 2.84 mmol) and NaI (213 mg,     1.42 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 160 mg of the     product as semisolid; IR (neat) 3430, 2946, 2231, 1664, 1412, 1311,     1192 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ1.02-1.09 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.50 (m,     2H), 1.70-1.92 (m, 6H), 2.04-2.34 (m, 8H), 2.44-2.58 (m, 2H),     2.95-3.02 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.39-3.70 (m, 4H), 4.76-4.78     (m, 1H), 5.44 (brs, 1H), 7.25 (brs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 11 (2S)-1-(2-{(3SR,1RS)-3-(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl]cyclopentylamino]-acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     (2S)(-1-[(1SR,3RS)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylcarbonyl]pyrrolidin-2-yl     cyanide: Coupling reaction of Intermediate 2 (1.0 g, 4.367 mmol)     with (2S)-cyanopyrrolidine PTSA salt (1.75 g, 6.55 mmol) using ethyl     chloroformate (706 mg, 6.505 mmol) and triethylamine (0.661 g, 6.55     mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 1 gave 1.34     g of the product as a white solid; IR (neat) 3324, 2980, 1704, 1964,     1623, 1532, 1420, 1169 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.44 (s, 9H),     1.64-1.99 (m, 5H), 2.04-2.33 (m, 5H), 2.9-2.94 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.53     (m, 1H), 3.64-3.73 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.73-4.76 (m, 1H),     5.41-5.51 (m, 1H). -   Step 2: (2S)-1-[(1SR,3RS)-3-Aminocyclopentylcarbonyl]pyrrolidin-2-yl     cyanide p-toluenesulfonate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (690     mg, 2.247 mmol) using PTSA.H₂O ( 640 mg, 3.371 mmol) in acetonitrile     (20 ml) as described in Example 3, -   Step 2 gave 465 mg (100%) of the amine as its PTSA salt, which was     used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Intermediate 17 (192 mg, 1.11 mmol) and     Step 2 intermediate (460 mg, 2.22 mmol) in the presence of potassium     carbonate (306 mg, 2.22 mmol) and NaI (166 mg, 1.11 mmol) in THF     (10 ml) gave 100 mg of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3315,     2955, 2879, 1650, 1418, 1323, 1157 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) 5     1.60-1.87 (m, 6H), 1.91-2.30 (m, 10H), 2.8-2.87 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.25     (m, 1H), 3.34-3.67 (m, 6H), 4.74-4.77 (m, 1H).

EXAMPLE 12 N1-Benzyloxy-(1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}-cyclopentane-1-carboxamide

-   Step 1: N1-Benzyloxy-(3SR,1     RS)-N3-BOC-3-aminocyclopentan(-1-carboxamide: This compound was     synthesized from Intermediate 2 (1.0 g, 4.37 mmol) and     O-benzylhydroxylamine (806 mg, 6.55 mmol) using ethyl chloroformate     (710 mg, 6.55 mmol) and triethylamine (661 mg, 6.55 mmol) in dry THF     (20 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 1 to give 700 mg of the     product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3305, 2974, 1675, 1651, 1539,     1176 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.71-1.91 (m, 5H), 2.01-2.11 (m,     1H), 2.42-2.46 (m, 1H), 4.08 (brs, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 5.54 (brs,     1H), 7.35-7.45 (m, 5H), 8.09 (brs, 1H) -   Step 2: N1-Benzyloxy-(3SR,1 RS)-3-aminocyclopentan(-1-carboxamide     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (700 mg, 2.10     mmol) using 50% TFA in DCM (6 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 2     gave 725 mg of the amine as its TFA salt, which was used as such for     the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (460 mg, 1.97 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (169 mg, 0.98 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (271 mg, 1.97 mmol) and NaI (147 mg, 0.98 mmol)     in THF (10 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 260 mg of the     product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3217, 2953, 2240, 1660, 1416,     1043, 751 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.73-2.21 (m, 6H),     2.25-2.35 (m, 5H), 2.83-3.10 (m, 3H), 3.30-3.49 (m, 4H), 4.74 (d,     J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 7.27-7.43 (m, 5H)

EXAMPLE 13 N1-Phenyl-N3-((1S,3R)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}-cyclopentylmethyl)urea

-   Step 1: N1-Phenyl-N3-[(1S,3R)-3-N-BOC-aminocyclopentylmethyl]urea:     To a cooled (0° C.) solution of Intermediate 10 (1.78 g, 8.32 mmol)     in dry CHCl₃ (20 ml) was added phenyl isocyanate (1.0 g, 8.32 mmol)     under stirring. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room     temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the     grey solid so obtained was triturated with diethyl ether to afford     the pure product (2.4 g) as a white solid: IR (KBr) 3380, 2966,     1682, 1564, 1518 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.02-1.05 (m, 1H),     1.37 (s, 9H), 1.59-1.63 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.76 (m, 1H) ,1.97-2.01 (m,     2H), 3.02-3.06 (m, 2H), 3.71 (brs, 1H), 6.14 (brs, 1H), 6.85-6.90     (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.38 (d, J=7.2 Hz 8.36     (s, 1H). -   Step 2: N1-Phenyl-N3-[(1S,3R)-3-aminocyclopentylmethyl]urea This     compound was prepared from Step 1 intermediate (1.2 g, 3.60 mmol)     using a 50% solution of trifluoroacetic acid in DCM (8 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2, to afford 729 mg of the amine as its     TFA salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Intermediate 17 (222 mg, 1.29 mmol) and     Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.58 mmol) as described in Example 1,     Step 3 using K₂CO₃ (355 mg, 2.58 mmol) and NaI (193 mg, 1.29 mmol)     afforded 162 mg of the product as a white sticky solid ; IR (neat)     3316, 2951, 2241, 1649, 1550, 1439 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ     1.26-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.49-1.69 (m, 3H), 1.71-2.35 (m, 4H), 2.47-2.50     (m, 1H), 3.13-3.49 (m, 5H), 3.55-3.66 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.53 (m, 0.1H,     rotomer), 4.76-4.78 (m, 0.9H, rotomer), 6.90-6.95 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.27     (m, 2H), 7.52-7.59 (m, 2H).

EXAMPLE 14 N1-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-N3-((1S,3R)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethyl-amino}cyclopentylmethyl)urea

-   Step 1:     N1-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-N3-[(1S,3R)-3-N-BOC-aminocyclopentylmethyl]urea:     This intermediate was prepared from Intermediate 10 (1.3 g, 6.07     mmol) and 2,4-difluorophenyl isocyanate (941 mg, 6.07 mmol) in dry     CHCl₃ (20 ml) as described in Example 13, Step 1 to give 2.1 g of     the desired product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3357, 2976, 2965,     2869, 1683, 1654, 1537, 1515, 1431, 1366, 1296, 1248, 1175, 1141,     1094, 1018 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.07-1.16 (m, 1H),     1.22-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.48-1.56 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.8 (m,     1H), 1.94-2.26 (m, 2H), 3.23-3.27 (t, J=Hz, 2H), 3.86-3.94 (m, 1H),     4.62 (brs, 1H), 5.06 (s, 1H), 6.49 (s, 1H), 6.79-6.86 (m, 2H),     7.92-8.00 (m, 1H). -   Step 2:     N1-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-N3-[(1S,3R)-3-N-aminocyclopentylmethyl]urea:     Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (500 mg, 1.35 mmol) using a 50%     solution of TFA in DCM (7 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 2 gave     364 mg of the amine as the TFA salt, which was used as such for the     next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Intermediate 17 (117 mg, 0.68 mmol)     with Step 2 intermediate (364 mg, 1.35 mmol) as described in Example     1, Step 3 using K₂CO₃ (187 mg, 1.36 mmol) and NaI (102 mg, 0.68     mmol) afforded 90 mg of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3624,     3019, 2400, 1644, 1521, 1476, 1416, 1215, 1164, 1045 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR     (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.25-1.41 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.96 (m, 4H), 2.11-2.35     (m, 5H), 2.53 (brs, 1H), 3.15-3.17 (m, 2H), 3.13-3.68 (m, 5H),     4.76-4.78 (m, 1H), 6.76-6.82 (m, 2H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.62 (brs, 1H),     8.00-8.08 (m, 1H).

EXAMPLE 15 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(1R,3R)-3-Benzylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidin-2-yl cyanide

-   Step 1: (1S,3R)-3-N-BOC-aminocyclopentylmethanone: To a stirred     suspension of magnesium turnings (441 mg, 18.37 mmol) in dry diethyl     ether (10 ml) was added a small amount of iodine (5 mg) as an     initiator. Bromobenzehe (865 mg, 5.50 mmol) was then added and the     reaction mixture was slightly warmed till initiation. A solution of     Intermediate 11 (1.0 g, 3.68 mmol) in dry diethyl ether (15 ml) was     then carefully added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight     at room temperature. The mixture was further quenched with a     saturated solution of ammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl     acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with water, brine     and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was evaporated under reduced     pressure and the residue obtained was purified by silica gel column     chromatography (15% acetone in petroleum ether) to afford 530 mg of     the pure compound as a white solid; IR ( KBr) 3386, 2935, 1705,     1666, 1505, 1162, 702 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 1.34 (s, 9H),     1.40-1.47 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.96 (m, 4H), 2.10-1.19 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.90     (m, 2H), 7.38-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.89-7.91 (m, 2H) -   Step 2: N1-BOC-(1R,3R)-3-benzylcyclopentan-1-amine: To a solution of     Step 1 intermediate (550 mg, 1.90 mmol) in acetic acid (30 ml) was     added 10% Pd/C ( 50 mg) and the mixture was maintained at 40 psi     hydrogen pressure for 2 h at room temperature. The catalyst was     filtered off, the filtrate was concentrated and purified by silica     gel column chromatography (5% acetone in petroleum ether) to give     420 mg of the compound as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3343, 2952, 1682,     1536, 1173, 949, 701 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 0.99-1.02 (m,     1H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.64-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.89-2.18 (m, 3H), 2.63-2.65     (m, 2H), 3.90 (brs, 1H), 4.46 (brs, 1H), 7.13-7.33 (m, 5H). -   Step 3: (1R,3R)-3-Benzylcyclopentan-1-amine: Deprotection of Step 2     intermediate (360 mg, 1.33 mmol) using 50% TFA in DCM (6 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 378 mg of the amine as its TFA     salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 4: Coupling reaction of Step 3 intermediate (378 mg, 1.33 mmol)     with Intermediate 18 (128 mg, 0.66 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (550 mg, 3.98 mmol) and NaI (99 mg, 0.66 mmol)     in THF (15 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 60 mg of the     product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3318, 2925, 1650, 1425 cm⁻¹; ¹H     NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.00-1.01 (m, 1H), 1.37-1.55 (m, 2H),     1.67-1.80 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.53 (m, 3H), 2.60-2.79 (m, 3H), 3.04-3.14     (m, 1H), 3.28-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.56-4.05 (m, 3H), 4.95 (d, J=9.0 Hz,     rotomer, 0.73 Hz), 5.07 (d, J=8.7 Hz, rotomer, 0.27H), 5.25 (dt,     J=51.3 Hz, rotomer, 0.25H), 5.33 (dt, J=50.7 Hz, rotomer, 0.75H),     7.15-7.30 (m, 5H).

EXAMPLE 16 (2S,4S)-4-Fluoro-1-{2-[(1R,3R)-3-(2-methoxybenzylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1: 2-Methoxyphenyl-(1S,3R)-3-N-BOC-aminocyclopentylmethanone:     Grignard reaction of Intermediate 11 (2.0 g, 7.35 mmol) with     2-methoxyphenylmagnesium bromide prepared from magnesium turnings     (882 mg, 36.75 mmol) and 2-bromoanisole (688 mg, 36.75 mmol) in dry     diethyl ether (20 ml), as described in Example 15, Step 1 afforded     1.49 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3377, 2980, 1681,     1523, 1243, 1166 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.43 (s, 9H),     1.71-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.98 (m, 3H), 2.05-2.11 (m, 1H), 3.21 (s,     3H), 3.27 (brs, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 4.10 (brs, 1H), 5.51 (brs, 1H). -   Step 2: N1-BOC-(1R,3R)-3-(2-methoxybenzyl)cyclopentan-1-amine: This     intermediate was prepared by the reduction of Step 1 intermediate     (1.15 g, 3.60 mmol) using 10% Pd/C (200 mg) in acetic acid (30 ml)     as described in Example 15, Step 2 to give 850 mg of the compound as     a white solid; IR (KBr) 3361, 2917, 1698, 1683, 1493, 1243, 1173     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 0.98-1.07 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.41 (m,     1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.65-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.94-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.70     (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.86-3.90 (m, 1H), 4.61 (brs, 1H), 6.76-6.89     (m, 2H), 7.08-7.22 (m, 2H). -   Step 3: (1R,3R)-3-(2-Methoxybenzyl)cyclopentan-1-amine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.00     mmol) using 50% TFA in DCM (6 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 2,     gave 627 mg of the amine as its TFA salt, which was used as such for     the next step. -   Step 4: Coupling reaction of Step 3 intermediate (627 mg, 2.00 mmol)     with Intermediate 18 (192 mg, 0.99 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (825 mg, 5.97 mmol) and NaI (148 mg, 0.99 mmol)     in THF (15 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 35 mg of the     product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3318, 2946, 2243, 1667, 1417, 1242     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.01-1.12 (m, 1H), 1.25-1.29 (m,     1H), 1.35-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.97-2.05 (m, 1H),     2.14-2.42 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.73 (m, 3H), 3.03-3.10 (m, 1H), 3.56-4.04     (m, 7H), 4.95 (d, J=9.0 Hz, rotomer, 0.75H), 5.13 (d, J=8.7 Hz,     rotomer, 0.25H), 5.25 (dt, J=51.9 Hz, rotomer, 0.25H), 5.33 (dt,     J=51.3 Hz, rotomer, 0.75H), 6.82-6.89 (m, 2H), 7.09-7.20 (m, 2H).

EXAMPLE 17 (2S)-1-{2-[(3RS,1RS)-3-(3-Thiazolidinylmethyl]cyclopentylaminolacetyl}pyrrol-idine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1: N1-BOC-(3SR,     1RS)-3-(3-Thiazolidinylmethylmethyl)cyclopentylamine: This compound     was synthesized from Intermediate 4 (2.0 g, 6.826 mmol) and     3-thiazolidine (850 mg, 10.240 mmol) in IPA (100 ml) as described in     Example 10, Step 1 to give 1.9 g of the product as a white solid; IR     (KBr) 3336, 2932, 1681, 1533, 1253, 1173, 1013 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃,     300 MHz) δ 1.02-1.10 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H),     1.75-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.94-2.30 (m, 3H), 2.32 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 2.87     (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.05 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (brs, 1H), 4.05 (s,     2H), 4.58 (brs, 1H). -   Step 2: (3SR,1 RS)-3-(3-Thiazolidinylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (600 mg, 2.142     mmol) using 50% TFA in dichloromethane (6 ml) as described in     Example 1, Step 2 gave 1.08 g (100%) of the amine as its TFA salt,     which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (1.08 g, 2.125     mmol) with Intermediate 17 (182 mg, 1.060 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml)     in the presence of potassium carbonate (436 mg, 3.165 mmol) and NaI     (158 mg, 1.060 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 100 mg     of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3315, 2943, 2239, 1660,     1411, 1311, 1054 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.04-1.14 (m, 1H),     1.43-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.86 (m, 3H), 2.01-2.38 (m, 8H), 2.84 (t,     J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.06 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.08-3.15 (m, 1H), 3.38 (s,     2H), 3.40-3.62 (m, 2H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 4.75-4.78 (m, 1H).

EXAMPLE 18 (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1,1-Dioxo-2-isothiazolidinylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3S,1R)-[3-(3-Chloropropylsulfonamidomethyl)cyclopentylamine:     3-Chloropropanesulfonyl chloride (1.66 g; 9.37 mmol) was added to a     cooled (0° C.) and stirred solution of Intermediate 10 (2.0 g, 9.34     mmol) and triethylamine (1.04 g, 10.29 mmol) in DCM (20 ml) under a     nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was gradually warmed to     room temperature and stirred for 18 h. The mixture was quenched with     water (50 ml) and the product was extracted into DCM. The combined     organic extracts were washed with brine and dried (Na₂SO₄).     Evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure gave 2.2 g of     product as an off-white solid; IR (neat) 3369, 3306, 2968, 1675,     1517, 1326, 1132, 1081 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.03-1.30 (m,     1H), 1.36-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.75-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.97-2.32     (m, 5H), 3.10 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.19 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (t,     J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (br s, 1H), 4.48-4.56 (m, 2H). -   Step 2: N1-BOC-(3S,1     R)-3-(1,1-dioxo-2-isothiazolidinylmethyl)cyclopentylamine: To a     solution of Step 1 intermediate (1.5 g, 4.23 mmol) in dry methanol     (20 ml) was added sodium methoxide (230 mg, 4.26 mmol) and the     mixture was refluxed for 18 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The     mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (30 ml)     and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 ml). The combined organic     extracts were washed with water, brine and dried (Na₂SO₄).     Evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure gave 1.04 g of the     product as a white solid; IR (neat) 3378, 2979, 1688, 1526, 1300,     1178, 1128 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.05-1.12 (m, 1H),     1.36-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.78-1.83 (m,1H), 1.95-2.00 (m,     1H), 2.15-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.36 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.96 (d, J=7.2 Hz,     2H), 3.14 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (brs, 1H),     4.54 (b s, 1H). -   Step 3:     (3S,1R)-3-(1,1-Dioxo-2-isothiazolidinylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 1.88     mmol) using TFA (3 ml) in dry dichloromethane (3 ml) as described in     Example 1, Step 2 gave 626 mg of the amine as its TFA salt, which     was used as such for the next step. -   Step 4: Coupling reaction of Step 3 intermediate (626 mg, 1.88 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (156 mg, 0.90 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (499 mg, 3.61 mmol) and NaI (135 mg, 0.90 mmol)     in THF (20 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 150 mg of the     product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3315, 2951, 2239, 1656, 1416,     1299, 1133 cm^(−1;) ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.11-1.20 (m, 1H),     1.44-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.82 (m, 3H), 2.00-2.39 (m, 10H), 2.90-3.05     (m, 2H), 3,14 (t, J=15.3 Hz, 2H), 3.22-3.69 (m, 5H), 4.77-4.86 (m,     1H).

EXAMPLE 19 (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-Morpholinomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1: N1-BOC-(3S,1R)-3-Morpholinomethylcyclopentylamine: A mixture     of Intermediate 9 (2.0 g, 6.826 mmol) and excess of morpholine     (15 ml) was maintained at RT for 72 h under a nitrogen atmosphere.     The mixture was diluted with water (100 ml) and extracted with ethyl     acetate (3×30 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with     brine (50 ml) dried (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated to give 1.64 g (85%) of     the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3338, 2959, 2767, 2688, 2400,     1711, 1523, 1455, 1365, 1249 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ     0.99-1.09 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.70-1.97 (m,     2H), 2.04-2.24 (m, 2H), 2.26 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.40-2.43 (m, 4H),     3.68-3.71 (m, 4H), 3.90 (br s, 1H), 4.72 (br s, 1H). -   Step 2: (3S,1R)-3-Morpholinomethylcyclopentylamine trifluoroacetate:     Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (1.3 g, 4.577 mmol) using a 50%     solution of TFA in dichloromethane (13 ml) as described in Example     1, Step 2 gave 842 mg of the amine as its TFA salt, which was used     as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (700 mg, 3.8 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (328 mg, 1.90 mmol) in THF (20 ml) in the     presence of potassium carbonate (525 mg, 3.79 mmol) and NaI (570 mg,     3.80 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 120 mg of the     product as semisolid; IR (neat) 3437, 3331, 2943, 2240, 1653, 1425,     1319 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.03-1.08 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.48     (m, 2H), 1.73-1.83 (m, 3H), 2.05-2.29 (m, 6H), 2.31 (d, J=6.9 Hz,     2H), 2.40-2.43 (m, 4H), 3.07-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.38 (s, 2H), 3.40-3.68     (m, 2H), 3.69-3.71 (m, 4H), 4.76-4.78 (m, 1H).

EXAMPLE 20 (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(4-Methylpiperazinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3SR,1SR)-3-(4-Methylpiperazinomethyl)cyclopentylamine:     Reaction of Intermediate 4 (2.0 g, 6.825 mmol) and excess     N-methylpiperazine (15 ml) as described in Example 19, Step 1 gave     1.64 g (85%) of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3338, 2937,     2801, 1692, 1525, 1365, 1168, 1013 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ     1.01-1.08 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.74-2.46 (m,     4H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.31 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.46 (brs, 8H), 3.90     (brs, 1H), 4.69 (brs, 1H). -   Step 2: (3SR,1RS)-3-(4-Methylpiperazinomethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (1.4 g, 4.708     mmol) using 50% TFA in dichloromethane (14 ml) as described in     Example 1, Step 2 gave 928 mg (100%) of the amine as its TFA salt     which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (500 mg, 2.533     mmol) with Intermediate 17 (219 mg, 1.269 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (350 mg, 2.533 mmol) and NaI (190 mg, 1.269     mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 100 mg of the product     as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3339, 2940, 2242, 1656, 1416, 1200, 1117     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.01-1.05 (m, 1H), 1.39-1.45 (m,     2H), 1.73-1.83 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.40 (m, 7H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.32 (d,     J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.45 (br s, 8H), 3.06-3.11 (m, 1H), 3.37 (s, 2H),     3.40-3.60 (m, 2H), 4.76-7.80 (m, 1H).

EXAMPLE 21 (2S)-1-{2- [(3SR,1RS)-3-(4-Cyanopiperidinylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3SR,1RS)-3-(4-Carboxamidopiperidinylmethyl)cyclopentylamine:     To a solution of Intermediate 4 (2.0 g, 6.826 mmol) in IPA (100 ml)     was added isonipecotamide (2.61 g, 20.300 mmol) and the mixture was     refluxed for 48 h under nitrogen atmosphere. The solvent was     distilled off under vacuum and the residue obtained was taken up in     ethyl acetate (50 ml). The ethyl acetate solution was washed with     water (50 ml), dried (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated under reduced pressure     to give 950mg of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3395, 3191,     1683, 1651, 1520, 1253, 1176 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ     0.94-1.06 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.72-2.29 (m,     13H), 2.92 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (brs, 1H), 4.71 (brs, 1H), 5.43     (brs, 2H). -   Step 2:     N1-BOC-(3SR,1RS)-3-(4-Cyanopiperidinylmethyl)cyclopentylamine: To a     stirred and cooled (0° C.) solution of Step 1 intermediate (900 mg,     2.76 mmol) and triethylamine (1.13 g, 11.06 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml)     was added trifluoroacetic anhydride (930 mg, 4.42 mmol) and the     mixture was stirred at 0-10° C. for 2 h under a nitrogen atmosphere.     The reaction was quenched with ice-cold water and extracted with     ethyl acetate (3×30 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed     with water (100 ml), brine (50 ml) and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent     was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 840 mg (98%) of the     product as a white solid; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 0.90-1.07 (m,     1H), 1.22-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.62-1.98 (m, 6H), 2.06-2.31     (m, 6H), 2.64 (brs, 3H), 3.90 (brs, 1H), 4.78 (brs, 1H). -   Step 3: (3SR,1RS)-3-(4-Cyanopiperidinylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (600 mg, 2.105     mmol) using a 50% solution of TFA in dichloromethane (6 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 1.03 g of the product as its TFA     salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 4: Coupling reaction of Step 3 intermediate (1.03 mg, 1.92     mmol) with Intermediate 17 (166 mg, 0.96 mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) in     the presence of potassium carbonate (398 mg, 2.88 mmol) and NAI (144     mg, 0.96 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 100 mg of the     product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3319, 2946, 2806, 2238, 1662,     1411, 1314 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.02-1.05 (m, 1H),     1.38-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.90 (m, 7H), 2.05-2.32 (m, 10H), 2.63 (br     s, 3H), 3,07-3.11 (m, 1H), 3.38 (s, 2H), 3.40-3.63 (m, 2H), 4.76 (d,     J=6.6 Hz, 1H).

EXAMPLE 22 (2S)-1-{2-1[(3SR,1RS)-3-(4-Benzylpiperazinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidin-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3SR,1RS)-3-(4-Benzylpiperazinomethyl)cyclopentylamine: This     compound was prepared from Intermediate 4 (2.0 g, 6.826 mmol) and     1-benzyl piperazine (3.2 g, 19.32 mmol) in ethanol (100 ml) as     described in Example 10, Step 1 followed by silica gel column     chromatography using 3% methanol in chloroform to give 1.1 g (60%)     of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3397, 3006, 2949, 2810,     1691, 1507, 1545, 1365, 1287, 1159, 1011 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300     MHz) δ 0.97-1.07 (m, 1H), 1.25-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.46-1.96     (m, 2H), 2.08-2.24 (m, 2H), 2.29 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.45 (brs, 8H),     3.50 (s, 2H), 3.89 (brs, 1H), 4.69 (brs, 1H), 7.23-7.31 (m, 5H). -   Step 2:     N1-BOC-(3SR,1RS)-3-(4-Benzylpiperazinomethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (600 mg, 1.61     mmol) using a 50% solution of TFA in dichloromethane (6 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 439 mg of the amine as its TFA     salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (300 mg, 1.10 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (86 mg, 0.50 mmol) in dry THF (10 ml) in the     presence of potassium carbonate (138 mg, 1.00 mmol) and NaI (76 mg,     0.51 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 65 mg of the     product as a brown semisolid; IR (neat) 3318, 2941, 2806, 2239,     1663, 1411, 1346, 1160, 1010 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ     1.02-1.05 (m, 1H), 1.39-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.89 (m, 4H), 2.05-2.30     (m, 5H), 2.33 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.47 (brs, 8H), 3.06-3.10 (m, 1H),     3.37 (s, 2H), 3.40-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 4.75-4.80 (m, 1H),     7.23-7.32 (m, 5H).

EXAMPLE 23 (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(4-Phenylpiperazinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(1S,3R)-3-(4-Phenylpiperazinomethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine: This     compound was synthesized from Intermediate 14 (2.0 g, 6.825 mmol)     and 1-phenyl piperazine (2.68 g, 16.645 mmol) in absolute ethanol     (100 ml) as described in Example 10, Step 1 to give 1.01 g of the     desired compound as a pale yellow solid; IR (KBr) 3381, 3007, 2950,     2826, 1685, 1509, 1445, 1365, 1170 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ     1.04-1.15 (m, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.75-1.99 (m, 4H), 2.14-2.37     (m,4H), 2.59 (t, J=9.9 Hz, 4H), 3.19 (t, J=9.9 Hz, 4H), 3.92 (brs,     1H), 4.72 (brs, 1H), 6.82-6.93 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.28 (m, 2H). -   Step 2: (1S,3R)-3-(4-Phenylpiperazinomethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g, 2.793     mmol) using a 50% solution of TFA in dichloromethane (10 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 720 mg (100%) of the amine as     its TFA salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.325     mmol) with Intermediate 17 (200 mg, 1.159 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (321 mg, 2.325 mmol) and NaI (174 mg, 1.16 mmol)     in THF (20 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 150 mg of the     product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3437, 3315, 2926, 2237, 1653,     1601, 1504, 1412, 1236, 1143 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ     1.06-1.10 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.84 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.31     (m, 6H), 2.38 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.57-2.6 (t, J=9.6 Hz, 4H),     3.09-3.21 (m, 5H), 3.39-3.62 (m, 4H), 4.77 (brs, 1H), 6.82-6.94 (m,     3H), 7.23-7.28 (m, 2H).

EXAMPLE 24 (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(2,5-Dimethyl-1H-1-pyrrolylmethyl)cyclopentylamino}acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3S,1R)-3-(2,5-Dimethyl-1H-1-pyrrolylmethyl)cyclopentylamine:     Acetonylacetone (1.1 g, 9.61 mmol) was added to a mixture of     Intermediate 10 (2.0 g, 9.345 mmol) and PTSA.H₂O (178 mg, 0.935     mmol) in toluene (25 ml) and refluxed for 1 h under a nitrogen     atmosphere. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate     (50 ml) and washed with water, brine and dried (Na₂SO₄). Evaporation     of the solvent gave 1.3 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr)     3379, 2965, 1684, 1517, 1295, 1169 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ     1.00-1.10 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.66-1.73 (m,     1H), 1.97-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.03-2.26 (m, 2H), 2.20 (s, 6H), 3.70 (d,     J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (brs, 1H), 4.49 (brs, 1H), 5.75 (s, 2H). -   Step 2: (3S,1R)-3-(2,5-dimethyl-1H-1-pyrrolylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (600 mg, 1.92     mmol) using TFA (3 ml) in dry dichloromethane (3 ml) as described in     Example 1, Step 2 gave 394 mg of the amine as its TFA salt which was     used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (394 mg, 2.05 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (248 mg, 1.43 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (396 mg, 2.85 mmol) and NaI (215 mg, 1.43 mmol)     in THF (20 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 70 mg of the     product as a white solid; IR (neat) 3302, 2930, 2237, 1652, 1420,     1299, 1133 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.03-1.14 (m, 1H),     1.42-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.89 (m, 4H), 1.99-2.28 (m, 6H), 2.21 (s,     6H), 3.06-3.11 (m, 1H), 3.36 (s, 2H), 3.38-3.74 (m, 4H), 4.76 (br d,     J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.76 (s, 2H).

EXAMPLE 25 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(2,5-Dimethyl-1H-1-pyrrolylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]-acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate, Example 24 (394 mg, 2.05 mmol) with Intermediate 18 (272 mg, 1.43 mmol) in the presence of potassium carbonate (396 g, 2.85 mmol) and NaI (215 mg, 1.43 mmol) in THF (20 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 100 mg of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3437, 3307, 2936, 2911, 2856, 2808, 2241, 1655, 1518, 1423, 1408, 1361, 1351, 1300, 1233, 1192, 1132, 1081, 1020 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.09-1.25 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.74 (m, 3H), 1.84-2.17 (m, 4H), 2.21 (s, 6H), 2.38-2.42 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.73 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.38 (s, 2H), 3.58-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.79-3.94 (m, 2H), 4.95 (m, 1H), 5.30-5.51 (m, 1H), 5.76 (s, 2H).

EXAMPLE 26 1-((1S,3R)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentylmethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3S,1R)-3-(2-Cyano-1H-pyrrol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine: To     a stirred solution of 1H-2-pyrrolecarbonitrile (400 mg, 4.35 mmol)     in dry DMA (5 ml) was added sodium hydride (151 mg, 3.77 mmol) and     the mixture was stirred under nitrogen a atmosphere for 15 min to     result a white precipitate. A solution of Intermediate 9 (850 mg,     2.90 mmol) in dry DMA (10 ml) was then added and the mixture was     heated at 70° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled and     quenched with ice-cold water. The mixture was extracted with ethyl     acetate and the combined organic extracts were washed with water,     brine and dried (Na₂SO₄). The residue obtained after evaporation of     the solvent was purified by silica gel column chromatography using     10% acetone in petroleum ether to give 497 mg of the product as a     white solid; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.05-1.16 (m, 1H), 1.37-1.39     (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.47-1.54 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.79 (m, 1H),     1.99-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.45 (m, 1H), 3.94-4.02     (m, 3H), 4.50 (brs, 1H), 6.16-6.18 (m, 1H), 6.77-6.83 (m, 2H). -   Step 2: (3S,1R)-3-(2-Cyano-1H-pyrrol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (486 mg, 1.68     mmol) using a 50% solution of TFA in dichloromethane (6 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 510 mg of the amine as its TFA     salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (510 mg, 1.68 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (145 mg, 0.84 mmol) in THF (15 ml) in the     presence of potassium carbonate (929 mg, 6.72 mmol) and NaI (126 mg,     0.84 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 35 mg of the     product as a yellow semisolid; IR (neat) 3435, 3020, 2218, 1661,     1215, 755 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 0.76-0.88 (m, 1H),     1.09-1.29 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.62 (m, 2H) 1.68-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.48     (m, 5H), 3.12-3.20 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.62 (m, 4H), 4.03 (d, J=7.8 Hz,     2H), 4.75-4.77 (m, 1H), 6.14-6.17 (m, 1H), 6.77-6.85 (m, 2H).

EXAMPLE 27 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(2-Cyano-1H-pyrrol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino)-acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3SR,1RS)-3-(2-Cyano-1H-pyrrol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine:     This compound was synthesized from Intermediate 4 (879 mg, 3.00     mmol) and 1H-2-pyrrolecarbonitrile (413 mg, 4.50 mmol) using sodium     hydride (156 mg, 3.90 mmol) in dry DMA (20 ml) as described in     Example 26, Step 1 to give 600 mg of the product as an off-white     solid; IR (neat) 3359, 2972, 2217, 1693, 1524, 1170 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR     (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) 1.06-1.16 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.46-1.54 (m, 2H),     1.99-2.20 (m, 3H), 2.34-2.45 (m, 1H), 3.84-4.02 (m, 3H), 4.55 (brd,     J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.16-6.18 (m, 1H), 6.77-6.84 (m, 2H). -   Step 2: (3SR,1RS)-3-(2-Cyano-1H-pyrrol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (600 mg, 2.10     mmol) using a 50% solution of TFA in dichloromethane (6.5 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 631 mg of the amine as its TFA     salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (631 mg, 2.10 mmol)     with Intermediate 18 (200 mg, 1.05 mmol) in THF (15 ml) in the     presence of potassium carbonate (1.20 g, 8.40 mmol) and NaI (158 mg,     1.05 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 160 mg of the     product as a yellow semisolid; IR (neat) 3318, 2949, 2215, 1662,     1414 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) 0.86-0.90 (m, 1H), 1.09-1.24 (m,     2H), 1.43-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.69-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.48 (m, 2H),     2.63-2.80 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.18 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.56-4.09     (m, 4H), 4.94 (d, rotomer, J=9.3 Hz, 0.75H), 5.06 (t, J=7.5 Hz,     0.25H), 5.27 (dt, rotomer, J=51.3 Hz, 0.25H), 5.35 (dt, rotomer,     J=51.3 Hz, 0.75H), 6.15-6.17 (m, 1H), 6.77-6.85 (m, 2H).

EXAMPLE 28 (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(1H-Pyrazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1: N1-BOC-(1S,3R)-3-(1H-1-pyrazolylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine:     Coupling reaction of Intermediate 14 (2.0 g, 6.82 mmol) and     1H-pyrazole (697 mg, 10.23 mmol) using 60% sodium hydride (245 mg,     10.23 mmol) in DMA (25 ml) as described in Example 26, Step 1 gave     1.2 g of the product as a pale yellow solid; IR (KBr) 3364, 2977,     2961, 2870, 1682, 1536, 1444, 1393, 1365, 1282, 1251, 1180, 1050     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.08-1.28 (m, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H),     1.47-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.93-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.49     (m, 1H), 3.94 (brs, 1H), 4.09 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 4.56 (brs, 1H),     6.23 (t, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=1.1 Hz,     1H). -   Step 2: (1S,3R)-3-(1H-1-pyrazolylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (500 mg, 1.88     mmol) using TFA (5 ml) in dry dichloromethane (5 ml) as described in     Example 1, Step 2 gave 311 mg of the amine as its TFA salt which was     used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (311 mg, 1.88 mmol)     and Intermediate 17 (163 mg, 0.94 mmol) in the presence of potassium     carbonate (260 mg, 1.88 mmol) and NaI (141 mg, 0.94 mmol) in THF     (50 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 90 mg of the product     as a yellow semisolid; IR (neat) 3315, 3105, 2933, 1660, 1412, 1264,     1004 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.08-1.17 (m, 1H), 1.43-1.60     (m, 2H), 1.70-1.75 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.95-2.04 (m, 1H),     2.08-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.45-2.56 (m, 1H), 3.08-3.17 (m, 1H), 3.36 (s,     2H), 3.39-3.61 (m, 2H), 4.09-4.12 (dd, J=7.5 Hz, 1.2 Hz, 2H), 4.77     (m, 1H), 6.22 (t, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d,     J=1.2 Hz, 1H).

EXAMPLE 29 (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1-Imidazolylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1: N1-BOC-(3S,1R)-3-(1H-Imidazolylmethyl)cyclopentylamine: This     compound was synthesized from Intermediate 9 (1.0 g, 3.412 mmol) and     imidazole (348 mg, 5.119 mmol) using sodium hydride (123 mg, 5.119     mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) as described in Example 26, Step 1 to give     650 mg (72%) of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3323, 2975,     1690, 1518, 1390, 1080 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.03-1.12 (m,     1H), 1.33-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.70-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.98-2.05     (m, 1H), 2.14-2.38 (m, 2H), 3.90 (dd, J=5.7, 1.5 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (brs,     1H), 4.51 (brs, 1H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H). -   Step 2: (3S,1R)-3-(1H-Imidazolylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (650 g, 2.543     mmol) using a 50% solution of TFA in dichloromethane (6.5 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 404 mg of the amine as its TFA     salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (330 mg, 2.00 mmol)     with Intermediate 16 (173 mg, 1.00 mmol) in THF (15 ml) in the     presence of potassium carbonate (276 mg, 2.00 mmol) and NaI (150 mg,     1.00 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 50 mg of the     product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3391, 2951, 2240, 1657, 1509,     1417, 1319, 1231, 1022, cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.08-1.17     (m, 1H), 1.43-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.06 (m, 5H), 2.09-2.39 (m, 4H),     3.11-3.20 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.66 (m, 4H), 3.92 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H),     4.75-4.78 (m, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 30 (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(1H-4-Nitro-1-imidazolylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3SR,1RS)-3-(1H-4-Nitro-1-imidazolylmethyl)cyclopentylamine:     This compound was synthesized from Intermediate 4 (1.0 g, 3.412     mmol) and 4-nitroimidazole (578 mg, 5.11 mmol) using NaH (125 mg,     5.11) in dry THF (20 ml) as described in Example 26, Step 1 to give     1.0 g of the compound as an off-white solid; IR (KBr) 3324, 2955,     1678, 1526, 1282, 981, 823 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.10-1.40     (m, 1H), 1.42-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.77-1.86 (m, 1H),     2.02-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.43 (m, 1H), 3.93-4.02     (m, 3H), 4.52 (br s, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=1.5 Hz,     1H). -   Step 2: (3SR,1RS)-3-(1H-4-Nitro-1-imidazolylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (570 mg, 1.838     mmol) using a 50% solution of TFA in dichloromethane (6 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 778 mg of the amine as its TFA     salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (350 mg, 0.825     mmol) with Intermediate 16 (71 mg, 0.411 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (170 mg, 1.231 mmol) and NaI (62 mg, 0.411 mmol)     in dry THF (15 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 50 mg of     the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3320, 2953, 2241, 1658, 1544,     1411, 1287 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.14-1.25 (m, 1H),     1.52-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.80-2.45 (m, 9H), 3.20-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.37 (d.     J=3.9 Hz, 2H), 3.41-3.62 (m, 2H), 4.04 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 4.62 (d,     J=6 Hz, rotomer, 0.2H), 4.74-4.79 (m, rotomer, 0.8H), 7.45 (d, J=1.5     Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H).

EXAMPLE 31 (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(2-Butyl-4-chloro-5-hydroxymethyl-1H-1-imidazolylmethyl)-cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3SR,1RS)-3-(2-Butyl-4-chloro-5-formyl-1H-1-imidazolylmethyl)     cyclopentylamine: This compound was synthesized from Intermediate 4     (4.0 g, 13.65 mmol) and 1H-2-butyl-4-chloro-5-formaylimidazole (3.03     g, 16.33 mmol) using 60% sodium hydride (654 mg, 13.33 mmol) in DMA     (50 ml) as described in Example 26, Step 1 to give 5.0 g of the     product as an off-white solid; IR (neat) 3139, 2931, 2872, 1671,     1508, 1388, 1256, 1169 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ δ 0.97 (t,     J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.08-1.18 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H)     1.69-1.79 (m, 3H), 1.97-2.04 (m, 4H), 2.11-2.19 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.43     (m, 1H), 2.61 (dd, J=8.1, 7.8 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 3H), 4.60     (s, 3H) -   Step 2:     N1-(3SR,1RS)-3-(2-Butyl-4-chloro-5-hydroxymethyl-1H-1-imidazolylmethyl     cyclopentylamine: To a cooled (10° C.) solution of Step 1     intermediate (1.0 g, 2.59 mmol) in methanol (15 ml) was added NaBH₄     (147 mg, 3.89 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at the     same temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was     quenched with 1 N HCl and the product was extracted into ethyl     acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, brine and dried     (Na₂SO4). Evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure gave 910     mg of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3379, 2960, 1686, 1525,     1255, 1175 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 0.94 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H),     1.08-1.18 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.57-1.79 (m,     3H), 1.94 (brs, 4H), 2.11-2.19 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.61 (t,     J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (brd, J=7.8 Hz, 3H), 4.60 (brs, 3H). -   Step 3:     (3SR,1RS)-3-(2-n-Butyl-4-chloro-5-hydroxymethyl-1H-1-imidazolylmethyl)cyclo     pentylamine trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 2 intermediate     (700 mg, 1.80 mmol) using TFA (3.5 ml) in dry dichloromethane (7 ml)     as described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 725 mg (100%) of the amine as     its TFA salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 4: Coupling reaction of Step 3 intermediate (725 mg, 1.80 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (155 mg, 0.89 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (994 mg, 7.20 mmol) and NaI (135 mg, 0.89 mmol)     in THF (50 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 100 mg of the     product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3339, 3020, 2400, 1661, 1423, 1216     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 0.94 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.15-1.33     (m, 2H), 1.41-1.61 (m, 4H), 1.67-2.47 (m, 11H), 2.61 (t, J=8.1 Hz,     2H), 3.12-3.16 (m, 1H), 3.33 (s, rotomer, 1.5H), 3.35-3.60 (m,     rotomer, 2.5H), 3.91-3.95 (m, 2H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 4.61-4.70 (m,     rotomer, 0.25H), 4.75 (d, J=6.0 Hz, rotomer, 0.75H).

EXAMPLE 32 2-n-Butyl-4-chloro-1-((1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethyl-amino}cyclopentylmethyl)-1H-5-imidazolecarbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(1SR,3RS)-3-(2-n-butyl-4-chloro-5-cyano-1H-1-imidazolylmethyl)     cyclopentylamine: This intermediate was prepared by the coupling     reaction of Intermediate 4 (2.0 g, 6.82 mmol) and     1H-2-n-butyl-4-chloro-5-cyanoimidazole (1.86 g, 10.23 mmol) using     60% sodium hydride (381 mg, 9.54 mmol) in DMA (25 ml) as described     in Example 26, Step 1 to give 1.2 g of the product as an off-white     solid; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 0.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.10-1.16     (m, 1H), 1.35-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.68-1.78 (m, 4H),     1.99-2.34 (m, 4H), 2.58-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.82-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.91 (brs,     1H); 4.50 (brs, 1H). -   Step 2:     (1SR,3RS)-3-(2-n-Butyl-4-chloro-5-cyano-1H-1-imidazolylmethyl)cyclopentyl     amine trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g,     2.63 mmol) using TFA (5 ml) in dry dichloromethane (5 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 1.03 g (100%) of the amine as     its TFA salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (1.03 g, 2.63 mmol)     and Intermediate 17 (227 mg, 1.31 mmol) in the presence of potassium     carbonate (1.45 mg, 10.50 mmol) and NaI (197 mg, 1.31 mmol) in THF     (50 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 200 mg of the product     as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3307, 2924, 1660, 1412, 1245 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR     (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 0.94 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.07-1.33 (m, 1H),     1.40-1.61 (m, 4H), 1.67-1.89 (m, 6H), 1.95-2.42 (m, 5H), 2.55-2.71     (m, 2H), 3.07-3.16 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.70 (m, rotomer, 2.4H), 3.35 (s,     rotomer, 1.6H), 3.77-3.95 (m, 2H), 4.68 (m, rotomer, 0.2H), 4.76 (d,     J=6.1 Hz, rotomer, 0.8H).

EXAMPLE 33 1-((1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-methyl)-1H-4,5-imidazoledicarbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(1SR,3RS)-3-(4,5-Dicyano-1H-imidazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine:     This compound was synthesized from Intermediate 4 (500 mg, 1.71     mmol) and 1H-4,5-imidazoledicarbonitrile (302 mg, 2.56 mmol) using     60% sodium hydride (62 mg, 2.56 mmol) in DMA (10 ml) as described in     Example 26, Step 1 to give 160 mg of the product as an oil; IR     (neat) 2973, 2239, 1696, 1494, 1171 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ     1.14-1.40 (m, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.77-1.88 (m, 1H), 2.01-2.12 (m,     1H), 2.17-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.50 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.99 (m, 1H), 4.13     (dd, J=7.2 Hz, 0.9 Hz, 2H), 4.56 (brd, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H) -   Step 2:     (1SR,3RS)-3-(4,5-Dicyano-1H-imidazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (850 mg, 2.81     mmol) using TFA (5 ml) in dry dichloromethane (5 ml) as described in     Example 1, Step 2 gave 880 mg of the amine as its TFA salt, which     was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (880 mg, 2.79 mmol)     and Intermediate 17 (241 mg, 1.40 mmol) in the presence of potassium     carbonate (1.54 g, 11.17 mmol) and NaI (209 mg, 1.40 mmol) in THF     (50 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 40 mg of the product     as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3325, 2952, 2238, 1655, 1415, 1026, 668     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300MHz) δ 1.15-1.32(m, 1H), 1.47-1.68 (m, 3H),     1.78-2.02 (m, 4H), 2.17-2.36 (m, 3H), 2.45-2.54 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.25     (m, 1H), 3.35-3.62 (m, 4H), 4.01 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 4.63-4.78 (m,     1H), 7.78 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 34 1-((1S,3R)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentylmethyl)-1H-4,5-imidazoledicarbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(1R,3S)-3-(4,5-Dicyano-1H-imidazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine:     This compound was synthesized from Intermediate 9 (1.0 g, 3.412     mmol) and 4,5-dicyanoimidazole (485 mg, 4.11 mmol) using 60% sodium     hydride (178 mg, 4.458 mmol) in dry DMA (20 ml) as described in     Example 26, Step 1 to give 700 mg of the product as a semisolid; IR     (neat) 3329, 2973, 2239, 1696, 1494, 1365, 1171 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃,     300 MHz) δ 1.14-1.59 (m, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.77-1.88 (m, 1H),     2.00-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.50 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.98     (m, 1H), 4.13 (dd, J=6.3, 1.5 Hz, 2H), 4.55 (brd, J=6.3 Hz, 1H),     7.70 (s, 1H). -   Step 2:     (1R,3S)-3-(4,5-Dicyano-1H-imidazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (600 mg, 1.903     mmol) using TFA (3 ml) in dichloromethane (3 ml) as described in     Example 1, Step 2 gave 683 mg (100%) of the amine as its TFA salt,     which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (683 mg, 1.90 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (165 mg, 0.956 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (788 mg, 5.71 mmol) and NaI (143 mg, 0.956 mmol)     in dry THF (15 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 150 mg of     the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3325, 2952, 2238, 1655, 1415     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.14-1.26 (m, 1H), 1.49-2.02 (m,     7H), 2.10-2.5 (m, 3H), 2.44-2.53 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.35     (s, rotomer, 1.7H), 3.40-3.77 (m, rotomer, 2.3H), 4.19 (d, J=7.5 Hz,     2H), 4.63-4.66 (m, rotomer, 0.16H), 4.76 (dd, J=3.6, 2.1 Hz,     rotomer, 0.84H), 7.68 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 35 (2S)-1-{2-1(1S,4R)-4-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)-2-cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidin-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(1S,4R)-4-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-2-cyclopenten-1-amine:     This intermediate was synthesized from 1H-1,2,4-triazole (533 mg,     7.72 mmol) and Intermediate 6 (1.5 g, 5.15 mmol) as described in     Example 26, Step 1 using 60% sodium hydride (185 mg, 7.71 mmol) in     dry DMA (10 ml) to give 1.2 g of the product as a yellow semisolid;     IR (neat) 3355, 3117, 2959, 2871, 1679, 1537, 1448, 1369, 1309,     1271, 1252, 1170, 1014 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.28-1.39 (m,     3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 2.55-2.64 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.21 (m, 1H), 4.20 (d,     J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.45 (brs, 1H), 4.68 (brs, 1H), 5.74-5.80 (m, 2H),     7.95 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H). -   Step 2:     (1S,4R)-4-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-2-cyclopenten-1-amine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (500 mg, 1.89     mmol) using a 50% solution of TFA in dichloromethane (6 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 310 mg of the amine as its TFA     salt, which was used as such for the coupling reaction. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (310 mg, 1.89 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (163 mg, 0.94 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (519 mg, 3.76 mmol) and NaI (141 mg, 0.94 mmol)     in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 33 mg of the     product as a yellow semisolid; IR (neat) 3451, 3330, 3128, 3116,     2954, 2947, 2871, 2788, 2236, 1651, 1512, 1439, 1419, 1361, 1342,     1324, 1186, 1148, 1020, 1004 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ     1.27-1.33 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.34 (m, 5H), 3.21 (brs, 1H), 3.37 (s, 2H),     3.42 (brs, 1H), 3.56-3.59 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.89 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.26 (m,     2H), 4.77 (m, 1H), 5.73-5.75 (m, 1H), 5.89-5.91 (m, 1H), 7.95 (s,     1H), 8.09 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 36 (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3SR,1RS)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine:     This intermediate was synthesized from Intermediate 4 (1.0 g, 3.412     mmol) and 1H-1,2,4-triazole (355 mg, 5.139 mmol) using sodium     hydride (123 mg, 5.125 mmol) in dry DMF (15 ml) as described in     Example 26, Step 1 to give 600 mg of the product as a white solid;     IR (neat) 3326, 2969, 1680, 1538, 1173 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz)     δ 1.09-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.44 (m, 9H), 1.64-1.81 (m,     1H), 1.96-2.24 (m, 2H), 2.45-2.55 (m, 1H), 3.92 (m, 1H), 4.15 (d,     J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.52 (brs, 1H) 7.93 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H). -   Step 2: (3SR,1RS)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (560 mg, 2.105     mmol) using a 50% solution of TFA in dry dichloromethane (5.6 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 349 mg (100%) of the amine as     its TFA salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (290 mg, 1.746     mmol) with Intermediate 17 (151 mg, 0.875 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (241 mg, 1.746 mmol) and NaI (262 mg, 1.746     mmol) in THF (10 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 50 mg of     the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3314, 3116, 2949, 2239, 1658,     1507, 1416, 1140, 1015 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300MHz) δ 1.10-1.19 (m,     1H), 1.44-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.73-2.04 (m, 3H), 2.09-2.38 (m, 5H),     2.48-2.58 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.17 (m, 1H), 3.35 (s, 2H), 3.39-3.71 (m,     2H), 4.16 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 4.69 (d, J=7.2 Hz, rotomer, 0.2H), 4.76     (d, J=6.0 Hz, rotomer, 0.7H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 37 (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine: This     intermediate was synthesized from Intermediate 9 (2.0 g, 6.82 mmol)     and 1H-1,2,4-triazole (710 mg, 10.28 mmol) using 60% sodium hydride     (328 mg, 8.20 mmol) in dry DMA (15 ml) as described in Example 26,     Step 1 to give 1.2 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3340,     2971, 1709, 1531, 1169 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.09-1.19 (m,     1H), 1.38-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.71-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.96-2.06     (m, 1H), 2.15-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.55 (m, 1H), 3.94 (brs, 1H), 4.15     (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.55 (brs, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H). -   Step 2: (3S,1R)-3-(1H-2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (550 mg, 2.06     mmol) using TFA (3 ml) in dry dichloromethane (3 ml) as described in     Example 1, Step 2 gave 578 mg of the amine as its TFA salt, which     was used as such for the coupling reaction. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (600 mg, 2.14 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (185 mg, 1.07 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (886 mg, 6.42 mmol) and NaI (161 mg, 1.07 mmol)     in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 200 mg of the     product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3299, 2951, 2241, 1655, 1419, 1140     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.09-1.18 (m, 1H), 1.47-1.60 (m,     2H), 1.68-2.02 (m, 4H), 2.09-2.34 (m, 4H), 2.48-2.59 (m, 1H),     3.11-3.18 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.61 (m, rotomer, 2.4H), 3.35 (s, rotomer,     1.6H), 4.17 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 4.67-4.70 (m, rotomer, 0.2H),     4.75-4.78 (m, rotomer, 0.8H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 38 (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile hydrochloride

To a stirred solution of Example 37 (100 mg, 0.30 mmol) in EtOAc (3 ml) was added a saturated solution of dry HCl in EtOAc (2 ml). This solution was stirred at RT for 30 min to result a white precipitate. The product was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 112 mg of the product as a white solid; ¹H NMR (D₂O, 300 MHz) δ 1.44-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.81-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.37 (m, 7H), 2.60-2.62 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.77 (m, 4H), 4.18-4.38 (m, 2H), 4.40-4.44 (m, 2H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 9.23 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 39 (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile maleate

A solution of Example 37 (100 mg, 0.33 mmol) in EtOAc (3 ml) was added to a stirred solution of maleic acid (39 mg, 0.33) in EtOAc (2 ml). This solution was further stirred at RT for 30 min to result a white precipitate. The solid was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 120 mg of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3429, 2245, 1667, 1584, 1363, 1194, 1008 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (D₂O, 300 MHz) δ 1.31-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.81 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.22 (m, 6H), 2.40-2.51 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.89-4.17 (m, rotomer, 0.4H), 3.95 (d, J=3.9 Hz, rotomer, 1.6H), 4.21 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.67-4.82 (m, 1H), 6.21 (s, 2H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 40 (2S)-1-{2-[(3R,1S)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3R,1S)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine: This     compound was synthesized from Intermediate 14 (2.0 g, 6.82 mmol) and     1H-1,2,4-triazole (710 mg, 10.28 mmol) using 60% sodium hydride (328     mg, 8.20 mmol) in DMA (20 ml) as described in Example 26, Step 1 to     give 1.2 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3357, 2964,     1675, 1533, 1273, 1170 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.09-1.19 (m,     1H), 1.36-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.72-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.96-2.05     (m, 1H), 2.15-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.53 (m, 1H), 3.94 (brs, 1H), 4.14     (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 4.52 (brs, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H). -   Step 2: (3R,1S)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (800 mg, 3.01     mmol) using TFA (3 ml) in dry dichloromethane (3 ml) as described in     Example 1, Step 2 gave 842 mg of the amine as its TFA salt, which     was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (842 mg, 3.01 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (260 mg, 1.51 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (1.24 g, 8.98 mmol) and NaI (227 mg, 1.51 mmol)     in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 200 mg of the     product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3379, 3330, 2236, 1651, 1419,     1268, 1148 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.08-1.18 (m, 1H),     1.42-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.68-2.02 (m, 4H), 2.09-2.31 (m, 4H), 2.46-2.56     (m, 1H), 3.09-3.16 (m, 1H), 3.34 (s, rotomer, 1.6H), 3.37-3.60 (m,     rotomer, 2.4H), 4.15 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 4.65-4.69 (m, rotomer,     0.2H), 4.75-4.78 (m, rotomer, 0.8H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 41 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate, Example 36 (500     mg, 1.80 mmol) with Intermediate 18 (172 mg, 0.90 mmol) in the     presence of potassium carbonate (995 mg, 7.20 mmol) and NaI (135 mg,     0.90 mmol) in THF (20 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 58     mg of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3428, 2949, 2240, 1655,     1423, 1144, 959 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.09-1.21 (m, 1H),     1.42-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.74-2.00 (m, 4H), 2.22-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.61     (m, 1H), 2.63-2.79 (m, 1H), 3.14-3.18 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.38 (m, 2H),     3.53-3.93 (m, 2H), 4.16 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.95 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H),     5.27 (dt, J=51.3 Hz, 0.25H), 5.35 (dt, J=51.0 Hz, 0.75H), 7.93 (s,     1H), 8.06 (s, 1H)

EXAMPLE 42 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate, Example 37 (578 mg, 2.06 mmol) with Intermediate 18 (200 mg, 1.05 mmol) in the presence of potassium carbonate (1.14 g, 8.26 mmol) and NaI (155 mg, 1.03 mmol) in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 100 mg of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3316, 2947, 2242, 1662, 1416, 1140 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.09-1.20 (m, 1H), 1.44-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.08 (m, 4H), 2.21-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.76 (m, 2H), 3.11-3.20 (m, 1H), 3.36 (d, J=4.8 Hz, rotomer, 1.6H), 3.30-4.06 (m, rotomer, 2.4H), 4.16 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 4.95 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 5.36 (dt, J=51.3, 4.0 Hz, rotomer, 0.24H), 5.43 (dt, J=50.7, 3.9 Hz, rotomer, 0.76H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 43 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile hydrochloride

To a stirred solution of Example 42 (250 mg, 0.80 mmol) in EtOAc (3 ml) was added a saturated solution of dry HCl in EtOAc (2 ml). This solution was stirred at RT for 30 min to result a white precipitate. The product was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 279 mg of the product as a white solid; ¹H NMR (D₂O, 300 MHz) δ 1.41-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.87 (m, 2H), 2.02-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.74 (m, 4H), 3.67-4.20 (m, 4H), 4.41 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 5.00-5.15 (m, 1H), 5.43-5.60 (m, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 9.27 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 44 (2S,4S)-1-{2-1(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile methanesulfonate

To a stirred solution of Example 42 (1.0 g, 3.12 mmol) in isopropyl alcohol (30 ml) was added a solution of methanesulfonic acid (300 mg, 3.12 mmol) in isopropyl alcohol (10 ml).The solution was stirred at room temperature for 15 min. Diethyl ether (40 ml) was added and stirring continued for 30 min to give a white precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 1.2 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3430, 2964, 2248, 1673, 1513, 1428, 1340, 1277, 1208, 1192, 1058 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (D₂O, 300 MHz) δ 1.32-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.81 (m, 2H), 2.06-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.67 (m, 4H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 3.61-4.19 (m, 5H), 4.25 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 5.01 (d, J=9.9 Hz, rotomer, 0.8H), 5.11 (d, J=8.4 Hz, rotomer, 0.2H), 5.41-5.58 (dt, J=39.0, 12.3 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 45 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile oxalate

To a stirred solution of Example 42 (1.0 g, 3.12 mmol) in acetone (10 ml) was added a solution of oxalic acid (281 mg, 3.12 mmol) in acetone (10 ml). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 min to give a white precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 1.3 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3430, 2964, 2979, 2471, 1718, 1672, 1513, 1422, 1278, 1141, 1056 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (D₂O, 300 MHz) δ 1.32-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.77 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.26 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.71 (m, 3H), 3.62-4.15 (m, 5H), 4.27 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 4.98 (d, J=9.0 Hz, rotomer, 0.8H), 5.09 (d, J=8.7 Hz, rotomer, 0.2H), 5.40-5.57 (m, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 46 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile succinate

To a stirred solution of Example 42 (5.0 g, 15.62 mmol) in acetone (25 ml) was added a solution of succinic acid (2.02 g, 17.18 mmol) in acetone (50 ml). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 min to give a white precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 6.3 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3442, 3129, 2972, 2405, 1708, 1675, 1608, 1508, 1460, 1419, 1342, 1135, 1071 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (D₂O, 300 MHz) δ 1.31-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.79 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.24 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.71 (m, 3H), 2.45 (s, 4H), 3.61-4.14 (m, 5H), 4.24 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 4.98 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 0.8H), 5.09 (d, J=8.7 Hz, rotomer, 0.2H), 5.33 (brd, J=50.7 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 8.38 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 47 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile 2-oxoglutarate

To a stirred solution of Example 42 (1.0 g, 3.12 mmol) in acetone (10 ml) was added a solution of 2-oxoglutaric acid (460 mg, 3.12 mmol) in acetone (10 ml). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 min to give a white precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 1.3 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3422, 2978, 1715, 1682, 1449, 1291, 1194, 1085, 859 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (D₂O, 300 MHz) δ 1.31-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.79 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.25 (m, 3H), 2.34-2.73 (m, 5H), 2.89 (brs, 1H), 3.61-4.14 (m, 5H), 4.24 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 4.98 (d, J=9.3 Hz, rotomer, 0.9H), 5.10 (d, J=9.1 Hz, rotomer, 0.1H), 5.53 (brd, J=50.7 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 48 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile benzoate

To a stirred solution of Example 42 (5.0 g, 15.62 mmol) in acetone (20 ml) was added a solution of benzoic acid (2.09 g, 17.11 mmol) in acetone (20 ml). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 min to give a white precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 6.2 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3435, 2946, 1689, 1375, 1073, 724 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (D₂O, 300 MHz) δ 1.28-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.77 (m, 2H), 2.02-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.69 (m, 3H), 3.55-4.16 (m, 5H), 4.21 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.96 (d, J=9.9 Hz, rotomer, 0.9H), 5.09 (d, J=8.7 Hz, rotomer, 0.1H), 5.38-5.55 (dt, J=50.7, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.76-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 49 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile salicylate

To a stirred solution of Example 42 (1.0 g, 3.12 mmol) in acetone (10 ml) was added a solution of salicylic acid (435 mg, 3.15 mmol) in acetone (10 ml). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 min and diethyl ether (20 ml) was added to result in a white precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 1.3 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3853, 3418, 3068, 2964, 2869, 1672, 1624, 1591, 1485, 1460, 1387, 1259, 1139, 1075 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (D₂O, 300 MHz) δ 1.29-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.77 (m, 2H), 2.02-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.70 (m, 3H), 3.56-4.12 (m, 5H), 4.21 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.96 (d, J=9.3 Hz, rotomer, 0.8H), 5.09 (d, J=8.7 Hz, rotomer, 0.2H), 5.41 (brd, J=50.7 Hz, 1H), 6.84-6.90 (m, 2H), 7.36 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 50 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile benzenesulfonate

To a stirred solution of Example 42 (1.0 g, 3.12 mmol) in acetone (10 ml) was added a solution of benzenesulfonic acid (543 mg, 3.43 mmol) in acetone (15 ml). After stirring for 30 min at room temperature, diethyl ether (25 ml) was added to result in a white precipitate. The product was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 1.1 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3433, 2969, 2473, 2248, 1674, 1508, 1427, 1445, 1341, 1277, 1213, 1187, 1035 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 1.28-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.99-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.69 (m, 3H), 3.53-4.11 (m, 5H), 4.17 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.95 (d, J=9.3 Hz, rotomer, 0.8H), 5.09 (d, J=8.7 Hz, rotomer, 0.2H), 5.45 (brd, J=50.7 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.71 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 51 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid

To a stirred solution of Example 42 (700 mg, 2.18 mmol) in acetone (10 ml) was added a solution of naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid (860 g, 2.46 mmol) in acetone (10 ml). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 min to give a white precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 1.2 g of the product as a white solid; ¹H NMR (D2O, 300 MHz) δ 1.25-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.88-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.65 (m, 3H), 3.40-4.06 (m, 6H), 4.21 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 4.91 (d, J=9.3 Hz, rotomer, 0.9H), 5.10 (d, J=9.1 Hz, rotomer, 0.1H), 5.32-5.49 (m, 1H), 7.67 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 8.14 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.77 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 9.12 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 52 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

Coupling reaction of Step 2 Intermediate, Example 40 (561 mg, 3.38 mmol) with Intermediate 18 (322 mg, 1.69 mmol) in the presence of potassium carbonate (466 g, 3.38 mmol) and NaI (253 mg, 1.69 mmol) in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 100 mg of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3437, 3328, 3118, 2948, 2862, 2794, 2239, 1656, 1510, 1422, 1364, 1327, 1267, 1224, 1148, 1074, 1054, 1016 cm³¹ ¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.10-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.71-2.08 (m, 5H), 2.21-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.76 (m, 2H), 3.13-3.18 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.48-4.13 (m, 3H), 4.16 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.94 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.27-5.52 (m, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 53 (2S,4S)-4-Fluoro-1-{2-[(1R,3R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]-acetyl}pyrrolidin-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-r(1R,3R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine:     This compound was synthesized from Intermediate 16 (2.0 g, 6.82     mmol) and 1H-1,2,4-triazole (710 mg, 10.28 mmol) using 60% sodium     hydride (328 mg, 8.20 mmol) in dry DMA (15 ml) as described in     Example 26, Step 1 to give 1.10 g of the product as a white solid;     IR (KBr) 3342, 2968, 1711, 1527, 1167 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz)     δ 1.09-1.20 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.38-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.81 (m,     1H), 1.96-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.54 (m, 1H), 3.92     (brs, 1H), 4.10 (dd, J=7.8 Hz, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.52 (brs, 1H), 7.91 (s,     1H), 8.01 (s, 1H). -   Step 2: (1R,3R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (500 mg, 1.87     mmol) using TFA (3 ml) in dry dichloromethane (3 ml) as described in     Example 1, Step 2 gave 525 mg of the amine as its TFA salt, which     was used as such for the coupling reaction. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (500 mg, 1.78 mmol)     with Intermediate 18 (164 mg, 0.83 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (738 mg, 5.35 mmol) and Nal (124 mg, 0.83 mmol)     in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 157 mg of the     product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3297, 2955, 2239, 1659, 1417, 1143     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.09-1.19 (m, 1H), 1.47-1.57 (m,     2H), 1.68-2.01 (m, 4H), 2.09-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.48-2.58 (m, 1H),     3.11-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.64 (m, rotomer, 2.4H), 3.36 (s, rotomer,     1.6H), 4.11 (dd, J=7.5 Hz, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 4.67-4.71 (m, rotomer,     0.2H), 4.75-4.79 (m, rotomer, 0.8H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 54 (4S)-3-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-1,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile

-   Step 1: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate, Example 37 (510     mg, 1.82 mmol) with Intermediate 19 (174 mg, 0.91 mmol) in the     presence of potassium carbonate (1.00 g, 7.28 mmol) and NaI (137 mg,     0.91 mmol) in THF (15 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 35     mg of the product as a pale yellow semisolid; IR (neat) 3435, 2918,     2075, 1634, 770 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.10-1.31 (m, 2H),     1.51-2.18 (m, 6H), 2.49-2.59 (m, 1H), 3.14-3.54 (m, 4H), 4.15-4.18     (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 4.50-4.57 (m, 2H), 5.30-5.33 (m, 1H), 7.94 (s,     1H), 8.06-8.09 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 55 1-[(3S)-3-Fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-[(1S,3S)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclo-pentylamino]-1-ethanone

-   Step 1: Coupling reaction of Step 2 Intermediate, Example 40 (374     mg, 2.25 mmol) with Intermediate 20 (165 mg, 1.12 mmol) in the     presence of potassium carbonate (310 mg, 2.25 mmol) and NaI (168 mg,     1.12 mmol) in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 50     mg of the product as a yellow semisolid; IR (KBr) 3667, 3413, 3018,     2896, 2436, 2400, 1647, 1507, 1434, 1345, 1215, 1140, 1017 cm⁻¹; ¹H     NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.10-1.20 (m, 1H), 1.42-1.56 (m, 2H),     1.57-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.95-2.43 (m, 3H), 2.49-2.58     (m, 1H), 3.11-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.33 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 2H), 3.47-3.98 (m,     5H), 4.17 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 5.17-5.40 (m, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 8.06     (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 56 (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(2H-1,2,3-Triazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(1S,3R)-3-(2H-1,2,3-triazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine:     Coupling of 1H-1,2,3-triazole (600 mg, 8.68 mmol) with Intermediate     14 (3.05 g, 10.42 mmol) using 60% sodium hydride (208 mg, 8.68 mmol)     in DMA (10 ml) as described in Example 26, Step 1, gave an isomeric     mixture of products. The two isomers were separated by silica gel     column chromatography using 10% acetone in petroleum ether. The less     polar isomer, isolated as a white solid (1.34 g) was characterized     as     N1-BOC-(1S,3R)-3-(2H-1,2,3-triazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine;     IR (KBr) 3367, 2951, 1681, 1536, 1172 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCI₃, 300 MHz)     δ 1.12-1.22 (m, 1H), 1.43 (s, 91), 1.45-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.79 (m,     1H), 1.94-2.06 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.65 (m, 1H),     3.93-3.96 (m, 1H), 4.40 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.53 (brs, 1H), 7.59 (s,     2H)

The more polar isomer, isolated as a white solid (430 mg) was characterised as N1-BOC-(1S,3R)-3-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine; IR (KBr) 3366, 2949, 1680, 1532, 1174 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.12-1.26 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.46-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.97-2.05 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.55 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.96 (m, 1H), 4.34 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 4.50 (brs, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H)

-   Step 2: (1S,3R)-3-(2H-1,2,3-triazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of     N1-BOC-(1S,3R)-3-(2H-1,2,3-triazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine     (500 mg, 1.87 mmol) using TFA (3 ml) in dry dichloromethane (3 ml)     as described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 528 mg of the amine as its     TFA salt, which was used as such for the coupling reaction. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (528 mg, 1.87 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (162 mg, 0.94 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (780 g, 5.63 mmol) and NaI (141 mg, 0.94 mmol)     in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 90 mg of the     product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3437, 2955, 2236, 1656, 1420     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.16-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.46-1.62 (m,     2H), 1.70-1.87 (m, 3H), 1.95-2.34 (m, 5H), 2.54-2.65 (m, 1H),     3.09-3.18 (m, 1H), 3.36.62 (m, 4H), 4.43 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),     4.76-4.78 (m, 1H), 7.58 (s, 2H).

EXAMPLE 57 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(1H-1,2,3-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino[acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1: (1S,3R)-3-(1H-1 ,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of     N1-BOC-(1S,3R)-3-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine     (350 mg, 1.32 mmol), the more polar isomer obtained from Example 56,     Step 1, using TFA (3 ml) in dry dichloromethane (3 ml) as described     in Example 1, Step 2 gave 365 mg of the amine as its TFA salt, which     was used as such for the coupling reaction. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 1 intermediate (365 mg, 1.32 mmol)     with Intermediate 18 (125 mg, 0.66 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (544 mg, 3.93 mmol) and NaI (99 mg, 0.66 mmol)     in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 25 mg of the     product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3317, 2965, 2241, 1655, 1411,     1262, 1076 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.16-1.25 (m, 1H),     1.49-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.76-2.03 (m, 4H), 2.22-2.82 (m, 3H), 3.18 (brs,     1H), 3.31-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.56-4.02 (m, 3H), 4.38 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H),     4.93 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 0.75H), 5.02 (d, J=9 Hz, 0.25H), 5.27 (dt, J=51.6     Hz, 0.25H), 5.35 (dt, J=51.3 Hz, 0.75H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H)

EXAMPLE 58 (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(2H-1,2,3-Triazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate, Example 56 (528 mg, 1.87 mmol) with Intermediate 18 (179 mg, 0.94 mmol) in the presence of potassium carbonate (780 g, 5.63 mmol) and NaI (141 mg, 0.94 mmol) in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1 gave 45 mg of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3437, 2956, 2239, 1659, 1421 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.16-1.25 (m, 111), 1.50-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.85 (m, 3H), 1.95-2.06 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.55-2.76 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.16 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.55-4.01 (m, 3H), 4.43 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.93 (d, rotomer, J=9.0 Hz, 0.75H), 5.06 (d, rotomer, J=8.4 Hz, 0.25H), 5.27 (dt, rotomer, J=51.3 Hz, 0.25H), 5.34 (dt, rotomer, J=51.0 Hz, 0.75H), 7.58 (s, 2H).

EXAMPLE 59 (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-[1H-1 ,2,3,4-Tetrazol-1-ylmethyl]cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3S,1R)-3-[1H-1,2,3,4-tetrazol-1-ylmethyl]cyclopentylamine:     To a solution of Intermediate 10 (4.0 g, 18.69 mmol) in acetic acid     (20 ml) was added sodium azide (1.34 g, 20.61 mmol) and excess     triethylorthoformate (5 ml) and the mixture was refluxed for 5 h     under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to RT and     diluted with ice-cold water (100 ml). The solution was extracted     with ethyl acetate (3×50 ml) and the combined organic extracts were     washed with water, saturated NaHCO₃ solution, brine and dried     (Na₂SO₄). Evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure gave 3.5     g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3369, 2966, 1686, 1525,     1246, 1179 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.15-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.43     (s, 9H), 1.48-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.98-2.08 (m, 1H),     2.18-2.17 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.58 (m, 1H), 3.94 (brs, 1H), 4.43 (d, J=7.5     Hz, 2H), 4.59 (brs, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H). -   Step 2: (3S,1 R)-1H-1,2,3,4-Tetrazol-1-ylmethyl]cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (600 mg, 2.25     mmol) using TFA (3.0 ml) in dry dichloromethane (3 ml) as described     in Example 1, Step 2 gave 631 mg (100%) of the amine as its TFA     salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,     1R)-3-[1H-1,2,3,4-Tetrazol-1-ylmethyl]cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile:     Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (631 mg, 2.25 mmol) with     Intermediate 17 (194 mg, 1.12 mmol) in the presence of potassium     carbonate (1.24 g, 8.98 mmol) and NaI (168 mg, 1.12 mmol) in THF     (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 175 mg of the product     as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3307, 2952, 2212, 1655, 1420, 1317, 1103     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.17-1.26 (m, 1H), 1.42-1.69 (m,     2H), 1.75-2.06 (m, 4H), 2.17-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.52-2.62 (m, 1H),     3.11-3.61 (m, 3H), 3.36 (s, 2H), 4.44-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.68-4.77 (m,     1H), 8.64 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 60 (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,3,4-Tetrazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile maleate

To a stirred solution of Example 59 (9.0 g, 29.7 mmol) in ethyl acetate (85 ml) was added a saturated solution of maleic acid (2.75 g, 23.7 mmol) in ethyl acetate (15 ml). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 min to give a white precipitate. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give 5.6 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3435, 2963, 1667, 1483, 1350, 1151, 1010, 873, 703 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (D₂O, 300 MHz) δ 1.36-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.99-2.30 (m, 7H), 2.49-2.58 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.70 (m, 3H), 3.92-4.09 (m, 2H), 4.54 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 6.23 (s, 2H), 9.14 (s, 1H)

EXAMPLE 61 (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(1H-1,2,3,4-Tetrazol-1 -ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(1S,3R)-3-[1H-1,2,3,4-Tetrazol-1-ylmethyl]cyclopentylamine:     To a solution of Intermediate 15 (4.90 g, 22.90 mmol) in acetic acid     (50 ml) was added NaN₃ (4.47 g, 68.70 mmol) and excess     triethylorthoformate (5 ml) and the mixture was refluxed for 5 h     under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to room     temperature and diluted with ice-cold water (100 ml). The aqueous     solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 ml). The combined     organic extracts were washed with water, saturated NaHCO₃, brine and     dried (Na₂SO₄). Evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure     gave 2.1 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3369, 2966,     1686, 1525, 1180, 966, 611 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.15-1.25     (m, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.37-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.84 (m, 1H),     1.98-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.58 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.97     (m, 1H), 4.43 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.55 (brs, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H) -   Step 2: (1S,3R)-1H-1,2,3,4-Tetrazol-1-ylmethyl]cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (2.0 g, 7.52     mmol) using TFA (5 ml) in dry dichloromethane (5 ml) as described in     Example 1, Step 2 gave 2.11 (100%) g of the amine as its TFA salt,     which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (2.11 g, 7.52 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (648 mg, 3.76 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (3.11 g, 22.51 mmol) and sodium iodide (564 mg,     3.76 mmol) in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 300     mg of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3434, 2956, 2217, 1645,     1434, 1173, 1107, 666 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.17-1.26 (m,     1H), 1.50-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.74-2.03 (m, 4H), 2.11-2.32 (m, 4H),     2.51-2.61 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.36 (m, 4H), 4.46 (d,     J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 4.68-4.76 (m, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 62 (2S)-1-(2-{(3S,1R)-3-[5-(4-Fluorophenyl)-2H-1,2,3,4-tetrazol-2-ylmethyl]cyclo-pentylamino}acetyl)pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3S,1R)-3-(5-(4-Fluorophenyl)-2H-1,2,3,4-tetrazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclo-pentylamine:     To a solution of Intermediate 9 (2.0 g, 6.82 mmol) in dry DMF     (20 ml) was added 5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2H-1,2,3,4-tetrazole (1.34 g,     8.17 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (1.13 g, 8.18 mmol) and the mixture was stirred     at 70° C. for 24 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture     was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 ml), washed with water, brine and     dried (Na₂SO₄). The residue obtained after evaporation of the     solvent was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 13%     acetone in pet ether as eluent to give 2.5 g of the product as a     white solid; IR (KBr) 3356, 2947, 1678, 1536, 1463, 1305, 1174 cm⁻¹;     ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.19-1.29 (m, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.47-1.63     (m, 2H), 1.78-1.87 (m, 1H), 1.98-2.07 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.29 (m, 1H),     2.63-2.71 (m, 1H), 3.95 (br s, 1H), 4.57 (br s, 1H), 4.62 (d, J=7.2     Hz, 2H), 7.15-7.27 (m, 2H), 8.11-8.16 (m, 2H). -   Step 2: (3S,1R)-3-(5-(4-Fluorophenyl)-2H,     1,2,3,4-tetrazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine trifluoroacetate:     Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (700 mg, 1.939 mmol) using TFA     (3.5 ml) in dry dichloromethane (3.5 ml) as described in Example 1,     Step 2 gave 727 mg (100% ) of the amine as its TFA salt, which was     used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (727 mg, 1.939     mmol) with Intermediate 17 (167 mg, 0.968 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (1.07 g, 7.75 mmol) and NaI (145 mg, 0.968 mmol)     in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 200 mg of the     product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3340, 2925, 2240, 1658, 1464,     1157 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.25-1.34 (m, 1H), 1.55-1.68     (m, 2H), 1.72-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.95-2.34 (m, 5H), 2.64-2.74 (m, 1H),     3.16-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.65 (m, 4H), 4.65 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H),     4.71-4.78 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.20 (m, 2H), 8.11-8.16 (m, 2H).

EXAMPLE 63 (2S)-1-{2-1(3S,1R)-3-(2,3-Dihydro-1H-1-indolylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3S,1R)-3-(2,3-Dihydro-1H-1-indolylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine:

This intermediate was synthesized from Intermediate 9 (1.48 g, 5.03 mmol) and indoline (500 mg, 4.20 mmol) in dry DMF (10 ml) using K₂CO₃ (695 mg, 5.03 mmol) as described in Example 26, Step 1, to give 680 mg of the product as a pale yellow solid; IR (KBr) 3363, 2977, 1698, 1679, 1417 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) 1.18-1.28 (m, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.48-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.80-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.35 (m, 2H), 3.18 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.13 (brs, 2H), 6.94 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.11-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.74 (brs, 1H).

-   Step 2:     (3S,1R)-3-(2,3-Dihydro-1H-1-indolylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine     trifluoro-acetate: Deprotection of Step 1intermediate (500 mg, 1.58     mmol) using TFA (3.5 ml) in dry dichloromethane (3.5 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 524 mg of the amine as its TFA     salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (524 mg, 1.58 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (137 mg, 0.79 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (873 mg, 6.33 mmol) and NaI (118 mg, 0.79 mmol)     in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 110 mg of the     product as a white solid; IR (neat) 3319, 2953, 2241, 1697, 1415     cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) 1.15-1.30 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.66 (m, 2H),     1.80-1.88 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.35 (m, 6H), 3.10-3.17 (m, 3H), 3.38-3.62     (m, 4H), 4.02 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.17 (brs, 2H), 4.74-4.80 (m, 1H),     6.92-6.97 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.85 (brs, 1H).

EXAMPLE 64 1-((1S,3R)-3-{2-[(2S,4S)-2-Cyano-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclo-pentylmethyl)-1H-3-indolecarbonitrile

-   Step 1:     1-[(1S,3R)-3-N-BOC-aminocyclopentylmethyl]-1H-3-indolecarbonitrile:     To a stirred solution of 1H-3-indolecarbonitrile (2.13 g, 15.0 mmol)     in dry DMA (20 ml) was added sodium hydride (520 mg, 13.0 mmol) and     the mixture was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 15 min to     result a white precipitate. A solution of Intermediate 9 (2.93 g,     10.0 mmol) in dry DMA (20 ml) was added and the mixture was heated     at 70° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled and quenched     with ice-cold water. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate     and the combined organic extracts were washed with water, brine and     dried (Na₂SO₄). The residue obtained after evaporation of the     solvent was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 15%     ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give 1.5 g of the product as a     off-white solid; ¹H NMR (CDCI₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.09-1.20 (m, 1H), 1.44     (s, 9H), 1.46-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.99-2.05 (m, 1H),     2.13-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.54 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.93 (m, 1H), 4.13 (d,     J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 4.49 (brs, 1H), 7.27-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.60 (s, 1H),     7.76-7.78 (m, 1H). -   Step 2: 1-[(1S,3R)-3-Aminocyclopentylmethyl]-1H-3-indolecarbonitrile     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (1.0 g, 2.95     mmol) using a 50% solution of TFA in dichloromethane (8 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 1.04 g of the amine as its TFA     salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (1.04 g, 2.95 mmol)     with Intermediate 18 (281 mg, 1.47 mmol) in THF (15 ml) in the     presence of potassium carbonate (1.63 g, 11.80 mmol) and NaI (221     mg, 1.47 mmol) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 162 mg of the     product as a off white solid; IR (neat) 2926, 2253, 1751, 1515, 911,     740 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.09-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.53-1.65 (m,     2H), 1.75-2.05 (m, 4H), 2.23-2.76 (m, 3H), 3.11-3.19 (m, 1H),     3.27-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.53-4.24 (m, 4H), 4.90 (d, J=8.7 Hz, rotomer,     0.25H), 4.96 (d, J=9.0 Hz, rotomer, 0.75H), 5.27 (dt, J=51.0 Hz,     rotomer, 0.25H), 5.34 (dt, J=51.3 Hz, rotomer, 0.75H), 7.25-7.35 (m,     2H), 7.42-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.61-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.75-7.77 (m, 1H).

EXAMPLE 65 (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(2,3-Dihydro-1H-2-isoindolylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3S,1R)-3-(2,3-dihydro-1H-2-isoindolylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine:     A suspension of the Intermediate 10 (1.30 g, 6.06 mmol), o-xylylene     dibromide (1.6 g, 6.06 mmol) and K₂CO₃ in dry DMF (25 ml) was     stirred at room temperature for 24 h under a nitrogen atmosphere.     The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted into ethyl     acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with water, brine     and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure     and the residue obtained was purified by silica gel column     chromatography (2.5% methanol in chloroform) to give 1.4 g (73%) of     the product as a yellow solid; IR (KBr) 3370, 2989, 2952, 2867,     2800, 2777, 2755, 1679, 1520, 1463, 1445, 1390, 1365, 1272, 1252,     1168, 1100, 1061, 1013 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.04-1.14 (m,     1H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.47-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.81-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.35     (m, 2H), 2.69 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (s, 4H), 3.99 (brs, 1H), 4.59     (brs, 1H), 7.19 (s, 4H). -   Step 2: (3S, 1     R)-3-(2,3-dihydro-1H-2-isoindolylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (300 mg, 1.58     mmol) using TFA (3.5 ml) in dry dichloromethane (3.5 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 341 mg of the amine as its TFA     salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (341 mg, 1.58 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (136 mg, 0.79 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (217 mg, 1.58 mmol) and NaI (118 mg, 0.79 mmol)     in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 100 mg of the     product as a semisolid IR (neat) 3318, 2931, 2876, 2783, 2239, 1661,     1412, 1317, 1263, 1149, 1068 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) 3     1.12-1.15 (m, 1H), 1.47-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.87 (m, 4H), 2.10-2.98     (m, 6H), 2.72 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.14 (t, J=12.9 Hz, 1H), 3.39 (s,     2H), 3.44-3.61 (m, 2H), 3.93 (s, 4H), 4.77 (m, 1H), 7.18 (s, 4H).

EXAMPLE 66 (2S,4S)-4-Fluoro-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinylmethyl)cyclo-pentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidin-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-(3S,1R)-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine:     This intermediate was synthesised from Intermediate 9 (lg, 3.41     mmol) and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline (908 mg, 6.82 mmoles) in     dry ethanol (20 ml) as described in Example 10, Step 1 to give 650     mg of the desired compound as a white solid; IR (neat) 3435, 2975,     2070, 1642, 1170, 748 ; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.02-1.14 (m, 1H),     1.42 (s, 9H), 1.46-1.50 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.90-2.03 (m,     1H), 2.24-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.46 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.69-2.73 (m, 2H),     2.88 (t, J=11.3 Hz, 2H), 3.61 (s, 2H), 3.93 (brs, 1H), 4.63 (brs,     1H), 6.99-7.13 (m, 4H). -   Step 2:     (3S,1R)-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine:     Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (500 mg, 1.51 mmol) using a 50%     solution of TFA in dichloromethane (6 ml) as described in Example 1,     Step 2 gave 348 mg of the amine, which was used as such for the next     step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (348 mg, 1.51 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (130 mg, 0.75 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (260 mg, 1.51 mmol) and NaI (113 mg, 0.75 mmol)     in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 90 mg of the     product as a yellow semisolid; IR (neat) 3434, 2873, 2242, 1651,     1428, 748 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.05-1.15 (m, 1H),     1.45-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.88 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.32 (m, 6H), 2.49 (d,     J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.68-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.89 (t, J=11.4 Hz, 2H), 3.08-3.14     (m, 1H), 3.38 (s, 2H), 3.41-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 4.76 (m,     1H), 6.99-7.13 (m, 4H).

EXAMPLE 67 (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(1H-Indazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidin-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1: N1-BOC-(1S,3R)-3-(2H-indazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine     and N1-BOC-(1S,3R)-3-(1H-indazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine: The     intermediate was synthesized from 1H-indazole (967 mg, 8.18 mmol)     and Intermediate 14 (2.0 g, 6.82 mmol) using 60% sodium hydride (180     mg, 7.52 mmol) in DMA (20 ml) as described in Example 26, Step 1,     gave an isomeric mixture of products. The two isomers were separated     by silica gel column chromatography using 40% ethyl acetate in     petroleum ether. The less polar isomer, isolated as a white solid     (700 mg) was characterised as     N1-BOC-(1S,3R)-3-(1H-indazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine; IR     (KBr) 3400, 3324, 1660, 1498, 1417, 1306, 1042 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃,     300 MHz) δ 1.14-1.25 (m, 2H),1.42 (s, 9H), 1.45-1.58 (m, 3H),     1.68-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.93-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.07-2.17 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.65     (m, 1H), 3.91 (brs, 1H), 4.35 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 4.53 (brs, 1H),     7.11-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.73 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.98     (s, 1H).

The more polar isomer, isolated as a white solid (500 mg) was characterized as N1-BOC-(1S,3R)-3-(2H-indazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine; IR (KBr) 3117, 3058, 2943, 2872, 2239, 1660, 1514, 1412, 1306, 1262, 1191, 1157, 1139, 1042 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.17-1.27 (m, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.46-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.82 (2H), 1.94-2.03 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.24 (m, 1H), 3.94 (brs, 1H), 4.37 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.61(brs, 1H), 7.05-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.63-7.79 (m, 2H).

-   Step 2: (1S,3R)-3-(1H-indazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine     trifluoroacetate:

Deprotection of N1-BOC-(1S,3R)-3-(1H-indazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine (500 mg, 1.58 mmol), the less polar isomer, using TFA (3 ml) in dry dichloromethane (3 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 341 mg of the amine as its TFA salt, which was used as such for the coupling reaction.

-   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (341 mg, 1.58 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (137 mg, 0.79 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (219 mg, 1.58 mmol) and NaI (119 mg, 0.79 mmol)     in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 70 mg of the     product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3400, 3324, 2929, 2872, 2239,     1660, 1498, 1464, 1417, 1362, 1314, 1262, 1192, 1161, 1040 cm⁻¹; ¹H     NMR (CDCI₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.15-1.29 (m, 2H),1.41-2.01 (m, 3H),     2.07-2.33 (m, 5H), 2.58-2.69 (m, 1H), 3.07-3.13 (m, 1H), 3.34 (s,     2H), 3.36-3.58 (m, 2H), 4.36 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 4.77 (m, 1H),     7.11-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.72 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.98     (d, J=0.6 Hz, 1H).

EXAMPLE 68 (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(2H-Indazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidin-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1: (1S,3R)-3-(2H-indazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of     N1-BOC-(1S,3R)-3-(2H-indazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentan-1-amine (400 mg,     1.27 mmol), the more polar isomer from Step 1, Example 67, using TFA     (3 ml) in dry dichloromethane (3 ml) as described in Example 1, Step     2 gave 273 mg of the amine as its TFA salt, which was used as such     for the coupling reaction.

Step 2: Coupling reaction of Step 1 intermediate (273 mg, 1.27 mmol) with Intermediate 17 (109 mg, 0.63 mmol) in the presence of potassium carbonate (175 mg, 1.27 mmol) and NaI (95 mg, 0.63 mmol) in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 90 mg of the product as a yellow semisolid; IR (neat) 3317, 3117, 3058, 2943, 2872, 2239, 1660, 1514, 1412, 1306, 1262, 1191, 1157, 1139, 1042, 1009 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.14-1.29 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.95-2.32 (m, 5H), 2.67-2.73 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.17 (m, 1H), 3.35 (s, 2H), 3.37-3.59 (m, 2H), 4.38-4.41 (m, 2H), 4.74 (m, 1H), 7.04-7.09 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.64-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.92 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 69 (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopenylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1: N1-BOC-(3S,     1R)-3-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine:

This compound was synthesized from Intermediate 9 (1.5 g, 5.15 mmol), and 1H-benzo[d]limidazole (912 mg, 7.72 mmol), in presence of 60% sodium hydride (268 mg, 6.70 mmol) in DMA (25 ml) as described in Example 26, Step 1 to give 1.0 g of the product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3222, 2936, 1700, 1496, 1288, 1176 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.10-1.21 (m, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.45-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.98-2.07 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.57 (m, 1H), 3.93 (brs 1H), 4.14 (dd, J=4.8, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.50 (br s, 1H), 7.26-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.79-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H).

-   Step 2: (3S,1R)-3-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (700 mg, 2.23     mmol) using TFA (3.5 ml) in dry dichloromethane (3.5 ml) as     described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 722 mg (100%) of the amine as     its TFA salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (722 mg, 2.23 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (193 mg, 1.12 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (924 mg, 6.69 mmol) and NaI (168 mg, 1.12 mmol)     in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 198 mg of the     product as a white solid; IR (neat) 3374, 2949, 2240, 1657, 1496,     1417, 1263, 1193 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCI₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.12-1.21 (m, 1H),     1.52-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.99 (m, 4H), 2.08-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.49-2.75     (m, 1H), 3.10-3.17 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.56 (m, rotomer, 2.4H), 3.32 (s,     rotomer, 1.6H), 4.17 (dd, J=5.1, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.64-4.68 (m, rotomer,     0.2H), 4.76 (br d, J=6.3 Hz, rotomer, 0.8H), 7.27-7.32 (m, 2H),     7.40-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.79-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 70 (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(2H-Benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]-acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1:     N1-BOC-[(3S,1R)-3-(2H-Benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine:     and     N1-BOC-[(3S,1R)-3-(2H-Benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine:     Coupling reaction of Intermediate 9 (3.0 g, 10.30 mmol) with     benzotriazole (1.84 g, 15.40 mmol) in the presence of 60% sodium     hydride (535 mg, 13.37 mmol) in DMA (30 ml) as described in Example     26, Step 1 gave isomeric mixture of products. These two isomers were     separated by column chromatography using 15% acetone in petroleum     ether. The less polar isomer isolated as a white solid (500 mg), was     characterized as     N1-BOC-[(3S,1R)-3-(2H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine;     IR (neat) 3355, 2971, 1683, 1539, 1365, 1180 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃,     300 MHz) δ 1.18-1.28 (m, 1H), 1.42-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H),     1.72-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.96-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.68     (m, 1H), 3.94 (brs, 1H), 4.54 (m, 1H), 4.61 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),     7.35-7.54 (m, 3H), 8.07 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H).

The more polar isomer, isolated as a white solid (750 mg), was characterized as N1-BOC-[(3S,1R)-3-(2H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine; IR (neat) 3375, 2963, 1684, 1523, 1365, 1170 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.20-1.30 (m, 1H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.47-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.96-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.82 (m, 1H), 3.98 (brs, 1H), 4.56 (brs, 1H), 4.70 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.26-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.82-7.89 (m, 2H).

-   Step 2:     (3S,1R)-3-(2H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of     N1-BOC-[(3S,1R)-3-(2H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     (420 mg, 1.33 mmol), the less polar isomer from Step 1 using TFA     (2 ml) in dry dichloromethane (2 ml) as described in Example 1, Step     2 gave 438 mg of the amine as its TFA salt, which was used as such     for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (438 mg, 1.33 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (160 mg, 0.93 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (735 mg, 5.32 mmol) and NaI (140 mg, 0.93 mmol)     in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 100 mg of the     product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3317, 2928, 2239, 1659, 1416,     1266 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.23-1.33 (m, 1H), 1.57-1.66     -1.66 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.03 (m, 5H), 2.14-2.31 (m, 3H), 2.63-2.74 (m,     1H), 3.16-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.36 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H),     4.56-4.77 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.56 (m, 2H), 8.06 (d,     J=8.1 Hz, 1H).

EXAMPLE 71 (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(2H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]-acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile

-   Step 1: (3S,     1R)-3-(2H-Benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of     N1-BOC-[(3S,1R)-3-(2H-benzo[d[1,2,3]triazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamine     (420 mg, 1.33 mmol), the more polar isomer obtained from Example 70,     Step 1 using TFA (2 ml) in dry dichloromethane (2 ml) as described     in Example 1, Step 2 gave 438 mg (100%) of the amine as its TFA     salt, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 2: Coupling reaction of Step 1 intermediate (438 mg, 1.33 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (160 mg, 0.93 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (735 mg, 5.32 mmol) and NaI (140 mg, 0.93 mmol)     in THF (30 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 100 mg of the     product as a white solid; IR (neat) 3325, 2951, 2241, 1662, 1414,     1216, 1033 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.22-1.33 (m, 1H),     1.54-2.33 (m, 10H), 2.72-2.83 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.68     (m, 4H), 4.73 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 4.76 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.40     (m, 2H), 7.83-7.88 (m, 2H).

EXAMPLE 72 1-((1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl -carboxamido)adamantine

-   Step 1: 1-Adamantyl-(1SR,3RS)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylmethanone:     Ethylchloro-formate (853 mg,7.86 mmol) was added to a stirred     solution of Intermediate 2 (1.5 g, 6.55 mmol) and triethylamine (795     mg, 7.5 mmol) in dry THF at −10° C. The white precipitate formed was     stirred at the same temperature for 30 min under a nitrogen     atmosphere. A solution of 1-adamantanamine hydrochloride (1.5 g,     7.99 mmol) and triethylamine (1.2 ml) in 20% aqueous THF (25 ml) was     added to the above mixture and stirring was continued at room     temperature for 4 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue     obtained was dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 ml). The solution was     washed with 1N NaOH (2×25 ml), brine (50 ml) and dried (Na₂SO₄). The     residue obtained after evaporation of the solvent was purified by     silica gel column chromatography using 30% ethyl acetate in     petroleum ether to give 1.1 g (87 %) of the product as a semisolid;     IR (neat) 3310, 2907, 1652, 1506, 1362, 1164 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃,     300 MHz) δ 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.40-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.76 (m, 10H),     1.90-2.06 (m, 10H), 2.53-2.59 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 1H), 7.25 (brs, 1H). -   Step 2: 1-Adamantyl-(1SR,3RS)-3-Aminocyclopentylmethanone     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (600 mg, 1.656     mmol) using 50% TFA in DCM (6 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 2     gave 434 mg (100%) of the amine as its TFA salt, which was used as     such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (370 mg, 1.412     mmol) with Intermediate 17 (122 mg, 0.707 mmol) using potassium     carbonate (195 mg, 1.412 mmol) and NaI (106 mg, 0.707 mmol) in THF     (10 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 70 mg of the product     as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3338, 2937, 2801, 1692, 1525, 1457, 1365,     1249, 1168 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 300 MHz)6 1.66-1.86 (m, 4H),     1.90-2.10 (m, 14H), 2.19-2.34 (m, 9H), 261-2.55 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.66     (m, 5H), 4.77 (s, 1H), 6.70 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 73 1-((1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl -carboxamido)-2,5-difluorobenzene

-   Step 1:     1-[(1SR,3RS)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylcarboxamido]-2,5-difluorobenzene:     To a stirred and cooled (0° C.) solution of     cis-(±)-2-N-BOC-azabicyclo[2,2,1]heptane-3-one (2.5 g, 11.84 mmol)     and 2,5-difluoroaniline (1.08 g, 8.28 mmol) in dry DMF (25 ml) was     added NaH (425 mg, 17 75 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at the     same temperature for 30 min. The mixture was diluted with cold water     and then extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 ml). The combined     organic extracts were washed with water, brine and dried (Na₂SO₄).     The residue obtained after evaporation of the solvent was purified     by silica gel column chromatography using 20 % acetone in petroleum     ether as eluent to give 1.6 g (70%) of the product as a white solid;     IR (KBr) 3302, 2979, 1679, 1540, 1438, 1307, 1190 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR     (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.68-2.07 (m, SH), 2.17-2.28 (m,     1H), 2.81-2.88 (m, 1H), 4.11 (brs, 1H), 5.30 (s, 1H), 6.69-6.77 (m,     1H), 6.99-7.07 (m, 1H), 7.49 (brs, 1H), 8.14-8.21 (m, 1H). -   Step 2:     1-[(1SR,3RS)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylcarboxamido]-2,5-difluorobenzene     trifluoroacetate: Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (600 mg, 1.77     mmol) using 50% TFA in DCM (6 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 2     gave 422 mg (100%) of the amine as its TFA salt, which was used as     such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (375 mg, 1.56 mmol)     with Intermediate 17 (135 mg, 0.782 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (217 mg, 1.56 mmol) and NaI (117 mg, 0.782 mmol)     in THF (15 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 70 mg of the     product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3305, 2954, 2241, 1663, 1554,     1437, 1320, 1192, 1097 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.25-1.29 (m,     1H), 1.76-2.03 (m, 5H), 2.05-2.35 (m, 6H), 3.01-3.02 (m, 1H),     3.26-3.62 (m, 4H), 4.81 (brs, 1H), 6.60-6.67 (m, 1H), 6.88-7.26 (m,     1H), 8.17-8.25 (m, 1H), 10.95 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 74 1-((1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-carboxamido)-2,4,5-trifluorobenzene

-   Step 1:     1-[(1SR,3RS)-3-N-BOC-Aminocyclopentylcarboxamido]-2,4,5-trifluorobenzene:     This intermediate was synthesized from 2,4,5-trifluorobenzene (1.07     g, 5.094 mmol) and cis-(±)-2-N-BOC-Azabicyclo[2,2,1]heptane-3-one     (500 mg, 3.39 mmol) using NaH (122 mg, 5.09 mmol) in dry DMF (15 ml)     as described in Example 73, Step 1 to give 725 mg (60%) of the     product as a white solid; IR (KBr) 3434, 3304, 2967, 1677, 1539,     1429, 1211, 1021 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.44 (s, 9H),     1.52-2.06 (m, 5H), 2.19-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.85 (m, 1H), 4.11 (brs,     1H), 5.25 (brs, 1H), 6.93-7.02 (m, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 2.78-2.85 (m,     1H). -   Step 2:     1-[(1SR,3RS)-3-Aminocyclopentylcarboxamido]-2,4,5-trifluorobenzene:     Step 1 intermediate (500 mg, 1.404 mmol) was treated with 12% HCI in     EtOAc (5 ml) at 0° C. and the mixture was stirred under nitrogen for     1 h. The solvent and excess HCI were evaporated to give a residue.     The residue was dissolved in water (10 ml) and the pH adjusted to 10     with solid potassium carbonate and the product was extracted into     dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were dried (Na₂SO₄)     and concentrated under vacuum to give 359 mg (100%) of the amine as     a semisolid. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (300 mg, 1.162     mmol) with Intermediate 17 (100 mg, 0.579 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (160 mg, 1.162 mmol) and NaI (174 mg, 1.162     mmol) in dry THF (10 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 40     mg of product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3305, 3070, 2956, 2241,     1664, 1542, 1428, 1209 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.25-2.36 (m,     11H), 2.97-3.06 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.71 (m, 5H), 4.59-4.60 (m, rotomer,     0.16H), 4.81 (m, rotomer, 0.84H), 6.83-7.2 (m, 1H) 8.28-8.39 (m,     1H), 10.98 (s, 1H).

EXAMPLE 75 1-((1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl-carboxamido)-2-phenylbenzene

-   Step 1:     1-[(1SR,3RS)-3-N-BOC-aminocyclopentylcarboxamido]-2-phenylbenzene:     Mixed anhydride coupling of 2-aminobiphenyl (885 mg, 5.236 mmol)     with Intermediate 2 (1.0 g, 4.366 mmol) using ethyl chloroformate     (568 mg, 5.234 mmol) and triethylamine (529 g, 5.227 mmol) as     described in Example 1, Step 1 followed by silica gel column     chromatography using 10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether gave 717     mg (70%) of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3289, 3261, 2966,     2377, 1681, 1649, 1549, 1480, 1303 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (CDCI₃, 300 MHz) δ     1.44 (s, 9H), 1.51-1.94 (m, 5H), 2.02-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.58 (m,     1H), 4.05 (brs, 1H), 5.39 (brs, 1H), 7.16-7.27 (m, 3H), 7.35-7.52     (m, 6H), 8.22 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H). -   Step 2: 1-[(1SR,3RS)-3-Aminocyclopentylcarboxamido]-2-phenylbenzene:     Deprotection of Step 1 intermediate (600 mg, 1.578 mmol) using 50%     TFA in DCM (6 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 2 gave 470 mg     (100%) of the amine, which was used as such for the next step. -   Step 3: Coupling reaction of Step 2 intermediate (460 mg, 1.642     mmol) with Intermediate 17 (142 mg, 0.823 mmol) in the presence of     potassium carbonate (227 mg, 1.642 mmol) and NaI (246 mg, 1.642     mmol) in dry THF (20 ml) as described in Example 1, Step 3 gave 80     mg of the product as a semisolid; IR (neat) 3415, 3300, 3057, 2954,     1640, 1583, 1478, 1435, 1308, 1140, 1010, 868, 754 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR     (CDCI₃, 300 MHz) δ 1.58-2.31 (m, 12H), 2.74-2.92 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.12     (m, 1H), 3.25-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.49 (m, 1H), 4.71 (brs, 1H),     7.14-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.46 (m, 6H), 8.03-8.09 (t, J=16.8 Hz, 1H),     9.45 (brs, 1H).     Protocol for in-Vitro DPP-IV Assay

DPP-IV activity was determined by the cleavage rate of 7-amino-4-methyl coumarin (AMC) from the synthetic substrate Glycyl-Prolyl-AMC. In brief, the assay was conducted by adding 10 ng of human recombinant Dipeptidyl peptidase IV enzyme (DPP-IV, available commercially from R&D Systems Inc. of Minneapolis, Minn.) in 50 μl of the assay buffer (25 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 140 mM NaCl, 10 mM KCl, 1% BSA) to 96 well black flat bottom microtiter plates. The reaction was initiated by adding 50 μl of 100 μM substrate Gly-Pro-AMC. The incubation was carried out in the kinetic mode at 30° C. for 30 minutes. Fluorescence was measured using Fluorostar with an excitation filter of 380 nm and emission filter of 460 nm. Test compounds and solvent controls were added as 1 μl additions. A standard curve of free amino methyl coumarin (AMC) was generated using 0-100 μM AMC in the assay buffer. The curve generated, which was linear was used for the interpolation of catalytic activity.

Tests for IC₅₀ Studies:

Test compounds dissolved in DMSO at 5-6 concentrations were tested in duplicate along with the solvent control and blank samples. Percent inhibition was calculated at each concentration with respect to the solvent control sample (no test compound added). IC₅₀ values were calculated from 2 experiments from dose response curve by non linear regression analysis using GraphPad PRISM software. The results are shown in Table 1 below. TABLE 1 DPP-IV inhibition using human recombinant DPP-IV enzyme (n = 3) Compound IC₅₀ (nM) Example-1 163.3 Example 2 286 Example-3 26.84 Example-4 22.18 Example-6 21.84 Example-7 4.29 Example-8 4.36 Example-9 3.93 Example-10 64.41 Example-11 102.6 Example-12 145.4 Example-13 31.90 Example-14 26.34 Example-15 6.059 Example-16 17.68 Example-17 288 Example-18 29.42 Example-19 20.10 Example-20 123 Example-21 33.01 Example-22 25.39 Example-23 32.05 Example-24 4.19 Example-25 7.40 Example-26 5.94 Example-27 3.44 Example-28 37.29 Example-29 11.19 Example-30 6.88 Example-31 10.12 Example-32 3.46 Example-33 5.05 Example-34 9.36 Example-35 68.34 Example-36 6.004 Example-37 5.10 Example-39 5.05 Example-40 12.49 Example-41 4.44 Example-42 1.61 Example-43 6.25 Example-44 3.73 Example-45 4.63 Example-46 4.37 Example-49 3.22 Example-52 3.54 Example-53 5.12 Example-55 0% at 300 nM Example-56 78.93 Example-57 5.88 Example-58 10.57 Example-59 9.12 Example-60 4.12 Example-61 11.45 Example-62 8.73 Example-63 21.89 Example-64 5.81 Example-65 13.17 Example-66 35.44 Example-67 22.31 Example-68 19.21 Example-69 4.45 Example-70 3.425 Example-71 9.25 Example 72 209.4 Example 73 49.18 Example 74 2% at 300 nM Example 75 251.6

Although the invention herein has been described with reference to particular embodiments, it is to be understood that these embodiments are merely illustrative of the principles and applications of the present invention. It is therefore to be understood that numerous modifications may be made to the illustrative embodiments and that other arrangements may be devised without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention as defined by the appended claims.

All patent and non-patent publications cited in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated herein by reference. 

1. A compound of general formula (I)

wherein: Y is —S(O)_(m)—, —CH₂—, CHF, or —CF₂; m is 0, 1, or 2; X is a bond, C₁-C₅ alkyl, or —C(═O)—; the dotted line [ - - - ] in the carbocyclic ring represents an optional double bond; R¹ is substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, CN, —COOR³, —CONR³R⁴, —OR³, —NR³R⁴, or NR³COR⁴, with the proviso that the heteroaryl ring and the heterocyclic ring in R¹ is not a five-membered ring having at least one nitrogen atom; R² is hydrogen, nitrile (-CN), COOH, or an isostere of a carboxylic acid; (such as SO₃H, CONOH, B(OH)₂, PO₃R³R⁴, SO₂NR³R^(4,) tetrazole, —COOR³, —CONR³R⁴, —NR³COR⁴, or —COOCOR³); R³ and R⁴ may be the same or different and are independently hydrogen, nitro, hydroxy, cyano, formyl, acetyl, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted carboxylic acid derivative, or an analog, a tautomeric form, regioisomer, stereoisomer, enantiomer, diastereomer, polymorph, solvate, N-oxide, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 2. A compound according to claim 1, wherein —X—R¹ is not —(CH₂)_(d)R⁵-Z—R⁶, wherein R⁵ and Z are independently —C(O)—, —NR⁷, —O—, or —S(O)_(m)—, R⁶ is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted arylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, R⁷ is hydrogen, hydroxy, acetyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, m is 0, 1, or 2, and d is 0, 1, or
 2. 3. A compound according to claim 1, wherein X is —CH₂—.
 4. A compound according to claim 1, wherein X is —C(═O)—.
 5. A compound according to claim 1, wherein Y is CH₂.
 6. A compound according to claim 1, wherein Y is CHF.
 7. A compound according to claim 1, wherein R¹ is cyano, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl, —OR³, —NR³COR⁴, or —NR³R⁴, wherein R³ and R⁴ may be the same or different and are independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted amino, with the proviso that the heteroaryl ring and the heterocyclic ring in R¹ is not a five-membered ring having at least one nitrogen atom;
 8. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylalkyl chosen from:


9. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is —NR³R⁴, wherein R³ and R⁴ may be the same or different and are independently hydrogen or


10. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is —NR³COR⁴, wherein R³ and R⁴ may be the same or different and are independently hydrogen,


11. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is a cyano group.
 12. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is a phenyl group.
 13. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is a 2-methoxy phenyl.
 14. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is a 3-cyanoindol-1-yl.
 15. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is a 1,2,3,4tetrahydro-isoquinolin-2-yl.
 16. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is an N-4 substituted piperazin-1-yl.
 17. A compound according to claim 16, wherein the N-4 substituent is methyl.
 18. A compound according to claim 16, wherein the N-4 substituent is phenyl.
 19. A compound according to claim 16, wherein the N-4 substituent is benzyl. 20-21. (canceled)
 22. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is morpholin-1-yl.
 23. (canceled)
 24. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is 4-cyano-piperidin-1-yl. 25-30. (canceled)
 31. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is 1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-1-yl.
 32. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is 2H-Benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-1-yl.
 33. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is 2H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-2-yl. 34-41. (canceled)
 42. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is 1H-indazol-1-yl.
 43. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is 2H-indazol-2-yl.
 44. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is 2,3dihydro-1H-indol-1yl.
 45. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is 2,3dihydro-1H-isoindol-2-yl.
 46. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is —NR³R⁴.
 47. A compound according to claim 46, wherein R³ is O-Benzyl (benzyloxy).
 48. A compound according to claim 46, wherein R³ is hydrogen.
 49. A compound according to claim 46, wherein R⁴ is hydrogen.
 50. A compound according to claim 7, wherein R¹ is —NR³COR⁴.
 51. A compound according to claim 50, wherein R³ is hydrogen.
 52. A compound according to claim 50, wherein R⁴ is aniline.
 53. A compound according to claim 50, wherein R⁴ is 2,4-difluoro-aniline.
 54. A compound according to claim 1, wherein R² is a cyano (—CN) group.
 55. A compound according to claim 1, wherein R² is hydrogen.
 56. A compound according to claim 1, wherein the dotted line [ - - - ] in the carbocyclic ring represents a bond.
 57. A compound of claim 1, having formula I-A:

wherein Y is CH₂ or CHF, and R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, with the proviso that the heteroaryl ring and the heterocyclic ring in R¹ is not a five-membered ring having at least one nitrogen atom.
 58. A compound of claim 1, having general formula I-B:

wherein Y is CH₂ or CHF, and R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, with the proviso that the heteroaryl ring and the heterocyclic ring in R¹ is not a five-membered ring having at least one nitrogen atom.
 59. A compound of claim 1 having general formula I-C:

where Y is CH₂ or CHF, and R¹ is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, with the proviso that the heteroaryl ring and the heterocyclic ring in R¹ is not a five-membered ring having at least one nitrogen atom.
 60. (canceled)
 61. A compound according to claim 57, wherein R¹ is attached to the compound of formula I-A via a nitrogen atom in the heterocyclic ring or heteroaryl ring.
 62. A compound according to claim 57, wherein R¹ is selected from


63. A compound according to claim 62, wherein R¹ is

.
 64. A compound according to claim 57, wherein Y is CH₂.
 65. A compound according to claim 57, wherein Y is CF₂.
 66. A compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from: (1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-Cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentane-1-carboxamide, (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-Cyanocyclopentylamino]acetyl}-2-pyrrolidinecarbonitrile, (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-2-pyrrolidine carbonitrile, (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-2-pyrrolidinecarbonitrile, (2S)-1-{2-[(3R,1S)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-2-pyrrolidinecarbonitrile, (2S,S4S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoro-2-pyrrolidinecarbonitrile, (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(3R,1S)-3-Cyanomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoro-2-pyrrolidinecarbonitrile, 3-((1R,3R)-3-{2-[(2S,4S)-2-Cyano-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentyl)propanenitrile, N1-Benzyloxy-(1SR,3RS)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}-cyclopentane-1-carboxamide, N1-Phenyl-N3-((1S,3R)-3-{2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}-cyclopentylmethyl)urea, N1-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-N3-((1S,3R)-3-f{2-[(2S)-2-cyanopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethyl-amino}cyclopentylmethyl)urea, (2S,4S)-1-{2-[(1R,3R)-3-Benzylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}-4-fluoropyrrolidin-2-yl cyanide, (2S,4S)-4-Fluoro-1-{2-[(1 R,3R)-3-(2-methoxybenzyl) cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile, (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-Mopholinomethylcyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile, (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR, 1RS)-3-(4-Methylpiperazinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile, (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(4-Cyanopiperidinylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile, (2S)-1-{2-[(3SR,1RS)-3-(4-Benzylpiperazinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidin-2-carbonitrile, (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(4-Phenylpiperazinomethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile, (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(2,3-Dihydro-1H-1-indolylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile, 1-((1S,3R)-3-{2-[(2S,4S)-2-Cyano-4-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethylamino}cyclopentylmethyl)-1H-3-indolecarbonitrile, (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(2,3-Dihydro-1H-2-isoindolylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile, (2S,4S)-4-Fluoro-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinylmethyl)cyclopentylarnino]acetyl}pyrrolidin-2-carbonitrile, (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(2H-Indazol-2-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile, (2S)-1-{2-[(1S,3R)-3-(1H-Indazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile, (2S)-i-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopenylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile, (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(2H-Benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile, (2S)-1-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(2H-benzo[d][1,2,3]triazol-2-ylmethyl) cyclopentylamino]acetyl}pyrrolidine-2-carbonitrile, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
 67. A compound selected from: (4S)-3-{2-[(3S,1R)-3-(1H-1,2,4-Triazol-1-ylmethyl)cyclopentylamino]acetyl}-1,3-thiazolane-4-carbonitrile, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. 68-78. (canceled)
 79. A method of treating a condition that is regulated or normalized via inhibition of DPP-IV in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim
 1. 80. A method for treating a metabolic disorder, Type II diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, impaired fasting glucose (IFG), food intake disorders, obesity, dyslipidemia, or functional dyspepsia in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim
 1. 81. A method for treating Type II diabetes in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according claim
 1. 82. A method for (i) lowering blood glucose, (ii) preventing or treating hypoglycemia, (iii) delaying the progression of impaired glucose tolerance to Type II diabetes, (iv) delaying the progression of non-insulin requiring Type II diabetes to insulin requiring Type II diabetes, (v) increasing the number and/or the size of beta cells, (vi) preventing or treating beta cell degeneration, such as apoptosis of beta cells, or (vii) regulating appetite or inducing satiety in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim
 1. 83. A method of treatment and/or prophylaxis of a disease selected from diabetes, non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, impaired glucose homeostasis, impaired glucose tolerance, infertility, polycystic ovary syndrome, growth disorders, frailty, arthritis, allograft rejection in transplantation, autoimmune diseases, AIDS, allergic disorders, intestinal diseases, inflammatory bowel disease, obesity, anorexia nervosa, osteoporosis, hypoglycemia, syndrome X, diabetic complications, hyperinsulinemia, atherosclerosis or a related disease, immunomodulatory diseases, or metabolic syndrome in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim
 1. 84. A method of treating insulin resistant non-impaired glucose tolerance in order to prevent or delay the onset of non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus in a subject comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim
 1. 85. A method for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing a compound according to claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. 86-104. (canceled)
 105. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. 